10-Q

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One):

x Quarterly report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2007

¨ Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Commission File Number: 001-14195

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	65-0723837
(State or other jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

116 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

(Address of principal executive offices)

Telephone Number (617) 375-7500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days: Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

Large accelerated filer x Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act): Yes ¨ No x

As of October 25, 2007, there were 404,740,010 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION

INDEX

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

FOR THE QUARTER ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2007

		Page No.
PART I.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1.	Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
	Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006	1
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006	2
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006	3
	Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	4
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	22
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	41
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	42
PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	43
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	44
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.	51
Item 6.	Exhibits	51
Signatures		52
Exhibit Index		EX-1

PART 1. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1. UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS—Unaudited

(in thousands, except share data)

	September 30, 2007			December 31, 2006
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	82,735		$	281,264
Restricted cash		41,154
Short-term investments and available-for-sale securities		5,219			22,986
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $8,732 and $9,338, respectively		46,426			29,368
Prepaid and other current assets		86,630			63,919
Deferred income taxes		23,494			88,485
Total current assets		285,658			486,022
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net		3,071,125			3,218,124
GOODWILL		2,180,544			2,189,767
OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net		1,722,185			1,820,876
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES		497,190			482,710
NOTES RECEIVABLE AND OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS		446,736			415,720
TOTAL	$	8,203,438		$	8,613,219
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	203,864		$	187,634
Accrued interest		36,938			41,319
Current portion of long-term obligations		1,770			253,907
Unearned revenue		95,990			86,769
Total current liabilities		338,562			569,629
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS		4,025,145			3,289,109
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES		460,621			365,974
Total liabilities		4,824,328			4,224,712
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
MINORITY INTEREST IN SUBSIDIARIES		3,405			3,591
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Preferred Stock: $.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding
Class A Common Stock: $.01 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 450,400,693 and 437,792,629 shares issued, and 406,054,836 and 424,672,267 shares outstanding, respectively		4,504			4,378
Additional paid-in capital		7,734,641			7,502,472
Accumulated deficit		(2,697,824	)		(2,733,920	)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income		(2,853	)		16,079
Treasury stock: 44,345,857 and 13,120,362 shares at cost, respectively		(1,662,763	)		(404,093	)
Total stockholders’ equity		3,375,705			4,384,916
TOTAL	$	8,203,438		$	8,613,219

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

1

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS—Unaudited

(in thousands, except per share data)

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2007			2006			2007			2006
REVENUES:
Rental and management	$	358,623		$	326,403		$	1,055,427		$	962,831
Network development services		8,962			7,064			23,055			16,908
Total operating revenues		367,585			333,467			1,078,482			979,739
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Costs of operations (exclusive of items shown separately below)
Rental and management		83,936			84,601			253,607			247,270
Network development services		4,841			2,961			12,495			7,641
Depreciation, amortization and accretion		131,484			131,357			393,315			397,429
Selling, general, administrative and development expense (including stock-based compensation expense of $15,266, $10,683, $43,480 and $29,541, respectively)		49,030			42,384			139,736			115,307
Impairments, net (gain) loss on sale of long-lived assets, restructuring and merger related expense		(197	)		157			1,432			1,604
Total operating expenses		269,094			261,460			800,585			769,251
OPERATING INCOME		98,491			72,007			277,897			210,488
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest income, TV Azteca, net of interest expense of $372, $372, $1,118 and $1,118, respectively		3,584			3,584			10,666			10,666
Interest income		2,345			2,292			9,186			5,021
Interest expense		(59,919	)		(54,448	)		(171,577	)		(162,395	)
Loss on retirement of long-term obligations		(108	)		(893	)		(33,168	)		(25,967	)
Other income (expense)		1,341			(5,416	)		18,213			974
Total other expense		(52,757	)		(54,881	)		(166,680	)		(171,701	)
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES, MINORITY INTEREST AND INCOME ON EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENTS		45,734			17,126			111,217			38,787
Income tax benefit (provision)		14,483			(13,350	)		(17,714	)		(28,112	)
Minority interest in net earnings of subsidiaries		(80	)		(60	)		(264	)		(597	)
Income on equity method investments		2			6			10			16
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS		60,139			3,722			93,249			10,094
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF INCOME TAX BENEFIT (PROVISION) OF $275, $135, $(332) and $482, RESPECTIVELY		(511	)		(250	)		(31,384	)		(895	)
NET INCOME	$	59,628		$	3,472		$	61,865		$	9,199
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE AMOUNTS:
BASIC:
Income from continuing operations	$	0.15		$	0.01		$	0.22		$	0.02
Loss from discontinued operations								(0.07	)
Net income	$	0.15		$	0.01		$	0.15		$	0.02
DILUTED:
Income from continuing operations	$	0.14		$	0.01		$	0.22		$	0.02
Loss from discontinued operations								(0.07	)
Net income	$	0.14		$	0.01		$	0.15		$	0.02
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING:
BASIC		410,071			425,942			416,418			423,612
DILUTED		418,012			435,138			426,430			435,035

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

2

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—Unaudited

(in thousands)

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2007			2006
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	61,865		$	9,199
Stock-based compensation expense		43,480			29,541
Other non-cash items reflected in statements of operations (primarily depreciation and amortization)		477,738			461,420
Increase in restricted cash		(34,968	)
Increase in net deferred rent asset		(32,107	)		(24,670	)
Decrease (increase) in other assets		41,191			(19,403	)
Increase in liabilities		6,602			19,082
Cash provided by operating activities		563,801			475,169
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Payments for purchase of property and equipment and construction activities		(106,966	)		(90,662	)
Payments for acquisitions		(20,694	)		(10,103	)
Payments for acquisitions of minority interests					(22,944	)
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities and other assets		20,068			26,688
Deposits, restricted cash, short-term investments and other assets		(9,774	)		(246	)
Cash used for investing activities		(117,366	)		(97,267	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of Certificates in securitization transaction		1,750,000
Proceeds from term loan credit facilities		500,000			232,000
Borrowings under revolving credit facilities		1,400,000			10,000
Repayment of notes payable, credit facilities and capital leases		(3,111,766	)		(272,427	)
Purchases of Class A common stock		(1,252,702	)		(289,459	)
Proceeds from stock options, warrants and stock purchase plan		110,415			38,780
Deferred financing costs		(40,911	)		(2,295	)
Cash used for financing activities		(644,964	)		(283,401	)
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		(198,529	)		94,501
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR		281,264			112,701
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD	$	82,735		$	207,202
CASH PAID FOR INCOME TAXES	$	20,042		$	19,588
CASH PAID FOR INTEREST	$	170,996		$	137,362

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

3

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

1. Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies

American Tower Corporation and subsidiaries (collectively, ATC or the Company) is an independent owner, operator and developer of wireless and broadcast communications sites in the United States, Mexico and Brazil. The Company’s primary business is the leasing of antenna space on multi-tenant communications towers to wireless service providers and radio and television broadcast companies. The Company also operates distributed antenna systems within buildings and provides limited network development services that support its rental and management operations and the addition of new tenants and equipment on its sites.

ATC is a holding company which conducts its operations in the United States, Mexico and Brazil through its directly and indirectly owned operating subsidiaries. ATC’s principal United States operating subsidiaries are American Towers, Inc. (ATI) and SpectraSite Communications, LLC (SpectraSite). ATC conducts international operations through its subsidiary, American Tower International, Inc., which in turn conducts operations in Mexico through its subsidiary ATC Mexico Holding Corp. (ATC Mexico) and in Brazil through its subsidiary ATC South America Holding Corp. (ATC South America).

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The financial information included herein is unaudited; however, the Company believes such information and the disclosures herein are adequate to make the information presented not misleading and reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position and results of operations for such periods. Results of interim periods may not be indicative of results for the full year. These condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Significant Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.

The Company is in the process of reviewing the remaining estimated useful lives of its tower assets. The Company now has over ten years of operating history, and it is considering whether it should modify its current estimates for asset lives based on its historical operating experience. The Company has retained an independent consultant to assist the Company in completing this review and analysis, and it expects to receive a report from the consultant in the fourth quarter of 2007. The Company currently depreciates its towers on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the underlying ground lease (including renewal options) or the estimated useful life of the tower, which the Company has historically estimated to be 15 years. Additionally, certain of the Company’s intangible assets are amortized on a similar basis to the tower assets, as the estimated useful lives of such intangibles correlate to the useful life of the towers. If the Company concludes that a revision in the estimated useful lives of its tower assets is appropriate based on the completion of the report and its review and analysis, the Company will account for any changes in the useful lives as a change in accounting estimate under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 154 “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections,” which will be recorded prospectively beginning in the period of change. Based on preliminary information obtained to date, the Company expects that its estimated asset lives may be extended which would result in prospective decreases in depreciation and amortization, and such changes could be material to future depreciation and amortization and the Company’s consolidated results of operations.

Restricted Cash—The Company classifies as restricted cash all cash pledged as collateral to secure obligations and all cash whose use is otherwise limited by contractual provisions, including cash on deposit in reserve accounts relating to the Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-1 described in note 3.

4

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

Short-Term Investments and Available-For-Sale Securities—As of September 30, 2007, short-term investments and available-for-sale securities includes government bonds of approximately $3.7 million with remaining maturities (when purchased) in excess of three months and approximately $1.5 million of available-for-sale securities.

Earnings Per Common Share—Basic and Diluted—Basic income from continuing operations per common share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 represents income from continuing operations divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income from continuing operations per common share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 represents income from continuing operations divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period and any dilutive common share equivalents, including shares issuable upon exercise of stock options and warrants as determined under the treasury stock method and upon conversion of the Company’s convertible notes, as determined under the if-converted method. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding excludes shares issuable upon conversion of the Company’s convertible notes of 20.8 million and 23.0 million, respectively, and shares issuable upon exercise of the Company’s stock options of 7.0 million and 5.7 million, respectively, as the effect would be anti-dilutive. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding excludes shares issuable upon conversion of the Company’s convertible notes of 30.9 million and 34.6 million, respectively, and shares issuable upon exercise of stock options of 1.5 million, as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

The following table sets forth basic and diluted income from continuing operations per common share computational data for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands, except per share data):

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2007		2006		2007		2006
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding		410,071		425,942		416,418		423,612
Dilutive securities:
Stock options, warrants and convertible notes		7,941		9,196		10,012		11,423
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding		418,012		435,138		426,430		435,035
Basic income from continuing operations per common share	$	0.15	$	0.01	$	0.22	$	0.02
Diluted income from continuing operations per common share	$	0.14	$	0.01	$	0.22	$	0.02

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)—Total comprehensive income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended September 30,					Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2007		2006			2007		2006
Total comprehensive income (loss)	$	53,586	$	(3,920	)	$	42,933	$	13,076

Total comprehensive income (loss) includes changes in the fair value of available-for-sale securities and derivative instruments and the related reclassification to net income of previously unrealized gains and losses.

5

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements—In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements” (SFAS No. 157). This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 will be effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that SFAS No. 157 will have on its results of operations and financial position.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (SFAS No. 159). This statement provides companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value and establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 159 will be effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that SFAS No. 159 will have on its results of operations and financial position.

2. Income Taxes

The Company provides for income taxes at the end of each interim period based on the estimated effective tax rate for the full fiscal year. Cumulative adjustments to the Company’s estimate are recorded in the interim period in which a change in the estimated annual effective rate is determined.

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of SFAS No. 109” (FIN 48). FIN 48 prescribes a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on derecognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, accounting for income taxes in interim periods and income tax disclosures. The cumulative effect of applying this interpretation has been recorded as an increase of $25.8 million to accumulated deficit, an increase of $9.2 million to prepaid and other current assets and an increase of $17.1 million to long-term deferred tax assets, with a corresponding increase in other long-term liabilities of $52.1 million in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2007.

In conjunction with the adoption of FIN 48, the Company classified uncertain tax positions as non-current income tax liabilities unless expected to be paid in one year. The Company reports penalties and tax-related interest expense as a component of the provision for income taxes and interest income from tax refunds as a component of other income in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company recorded penalties and tax-related interest expense of $2.9 million and $5.8 million, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007, interest income from tax refunds of $1.5 million, all of which was recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2007. As of September 30, 2007 and January 1, 2007, the total amount of accrued income tax-related interest and penalties included in other long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets was $39.0 million and $33.2 million, respectively. Certain deductions have been challenged by foreign tax authorities based on an alleged failure to comply with certain administrative procedures. The Company has unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $10 million related to this matter. This matter is currently under audit and is expected to be resolved in the next 12 months. The Company cannot yet determine the specific timing or the amount of any potential settlement.

The Company files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns, including U.S. federal and state tax returns and foreign tax returns in Mexico and Brazil. As a result of the Company’s ability to carry forward federal and state net operating losses, the applicable tax years remain open to examination until three years after

6

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

the applicable loss carry forwards have been used or expired. However, the Company has completed U.S. federal income tax examinations for tax years up to and including 2002. The Company is currently undergoing U.S. federal income tax examinations for tax years 2004 and 2005. Additionally, it is subject to examinations in various U.S. state jurisdictions for certain tax years, and is under examination in Mexico for the 2002 tax year and Brazil for the 2001 through 2006 tax years.

As of January 1, 2007, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $183.9 million of which $34.3 million would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized. As of September 30, 2007, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized, did not change materially from January 1, 2007. The Company expects the unrecognized tax benefits to change over the next 12 months if certain tax matters described above ultimately settle with the applicable taxing jurisdiction during this timeframe. However, based on the status of these items and the amount of uncertainty associated with the outcome and timing of audit settlements, the Company is unable to estimate the impact of the amount of such changes, if any, to its recorded uncertain tax positions.

In April 2007, the Company received a federal income tax refund of approximately $65.0 million, plus $15.0 million in interest related to the carry back of certain federal net operating losses described in note 13 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.

In the quarter ended September 30, 2007, the Company completed an analysis of the valuation allowances on its state deferred tax assets. The Company undertook this analysis as a result of several factors, including the fact that the Company had experienced several successive quarters of net income, it had restructured certain of its legal entities (primarily related to the Company’s securitization transaction), and it had completed a number of capital raising and debt refinancing transactions during the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The Company had previously recorded a full valuation allowance on its net state deferred tax assets as the Company considered that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets would not be realized. However, upon completion of its analysis during the quarter ended September 30, 2007, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that a portion of these net state deferred tax assets would be realized. As a result, the Company recognized approximately $41.7 million of additional state deferred tax assets (net of a federal tax provision), which were recorded as an income tax benefit and a corresponding increase in long-term deferred income taxes in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007. The Company will continue to assess the realization of its deferred tax assets and liabilities on an ongoing basis.

3. Financing Transactions

Securitization—During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company completed a securitization transaction (the Securitization) involving assets related to 5,295 broadcast and wireless communications towers (the Towers) owned by two special purpose subsidiaries of the Company, through a private offering of $1.75 billion of Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-1 (the Certificates).

The Certificates were issued by American Tower Trust I (the Trust), a trust established by American Tower Depositor Sub, LLC (the Depositor), an indirect wholly owned special purpose subsidiary of the Company. The assets of the Trust consist of a recourse loan (the Loan) initially made by the Depositor to American Tower Asset Sub, LLC and American Tower Asset Sub II, LLC (the Borrowers), pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement among the foregoing parties dated as of May 4, 2007 (the Loan Agreement). The Borrowers are special purpose entities formed solely for the purpose of holding the Towers subject to the Securitization.

7

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

As indicated in the table below, the Certificates were issued in seven separate classes. Each of the Class B, Class C, Class D, Class E and Class F Certificates are subordinated in right of payment to any other class of Certificates which has an earlier alphabetical designation. The Certificates were issued with terms identical to the Loan except for the Class A-FL Certificates, which bear interest at a floating rate while the related component of the Loan bears interest at a fixed rate, as described below. The various classes of Certificates were issued with a weighted average interest rate of approximately 5.61%. The Certificates have an expected life of approximately seven years with a final repayment date in April 2037.

Class	Initial Class                     Principal Balance	Interest                     Rate
Class A-FX	$872,000,000	5.4197%
Class A-FL	$150,000,000	LIBOR +0.1900(a)
Class B	$215,000,000	5.5370%
Class C	$110,000,000	5.6151%
Class D	$275,000,000	5.9568%
Class E	$  55,000,000	6.2493%
Class F	$  73,000,000	6.6388%

(a) The Class A-FL Certificates bear interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR, but interest on the related component of the Loan is computed at a fixed rate equal to the interest rate on the Class A-FX Certificates. Holders of the Class A-FL Certificates have the benefit of an interest rate swap agreement between the Trust and Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc. Neither the Borrowers nor the Company have any obligations or liability with respect to this interest rate swap agreement.

The Company used the net proceeds from the Securitization to repay all amounts outstanding under the SpectraSite credit facilities, including approximately $765.0 million in principal, plus accrued interest thereon and other costs and expenses related thereto, as well as to repay approximately $250.0 million drawn under the revolving loan component of the American Tower credit facilities. An additional $349.5 million of the proceeds was used to fund the Company’s tender offer and consent solicitation for the ATI 7.25% senior subordinated notes due 2011 (ATI 7.25% Notes), as described below, and the remainder will be used for general corporate purposes. The Company also funded $14.3 million in cash reserve accounts with proceeds from the Securitization as required under the Loan Agreement.

The Loan will be paid by the Borrowers solely from the cash flows generated by the Towers. These funds in turn will be used by or on behalf of the Trust to service the payment of interest on the Certificates and for any other payments required by the Loan Agreement. The Borrowers are required to make monthly payments of interest on the Loan. Subject to certain limited exceptions described below, no payments of principal will be required to be made prior to the anticipated repayment date for the Loan in April 2014. On a monthly basis, after payment of all required amounts under the Loan Agreement, the excess cash flows generated from the operation of the Towers are released to the Borrowers, which can then be distributed to, and used by, the Company. However, if the debt service coverage ratio (the DSCR), generally defined as the net cash flow divided by the amount of interest, servicing fees and trustee fees that the Borrowers will be required to pay over the succeeding 12 months on the Loan, is (A) for the five-year period commencing on the closing date of the Securitization, 1.30x or less for such calendar quarter or (B) beginning with the first full calendar quarter after the expiration of such five-year period, 1.75x or less for such quarter, and such DSCR continues to exist for two consecutive calendar quarters (the Cash Trap DSCR), then all cash flow in excess of amounts required to make debt service payments, to fund required reserves, to pay management fees and budgeted operating expenses and to make other payments required under the loan documents, referred to as excess cash flow, will be deposited into a reserve account instead of being released to the Borrowers. The funds in the reserve account will not be released to the

8

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

Borrowers unless the DSCR exceeds the Cash Trap DSCR for two consecutive calendar quarters. An “amortization period” commences if (i) as of the end of any calendar quarter the DSCR falls below (A) for the five-year period commencing on the closing date of the Securitization, 1.15x or (B) beginning with the first full calendar quarter after the expiration of such five-year period, 1.45x (the Minimum DSCR) for such calendar quarter and such DSCR continues to exist until the end of any two consecutive calendar quarters the DSCR exceeds the Minimum DSCR for such two consecutive calendar quarters or (ii) on the anticipated repayment date the Loan has not been repaid in full.

The Borrowers may not prepay the Loan in whole or in part at any time prior to May 2009, except in limited circumstances, including the occurrence of certain casualty and condemnation events relating to the Towers and certain dispositions of Towers. Thereafter, prepayment is permitted provided it is accompanied by applicable prepayment consideration. If the prepayment occurs within nine months of the anticipated repayment date, no prepayment consideration is due. The entire unpaid principal balance of the Loan components will be due in April 2037. The Loan may be defeased in whole or in part at any time.

The Loan is secured by (1) mortgages, deeds of trust and deeds to secure debt on substantially all of the Towers and their operating cash flows, (2) a security interest in substantially all of the Borrowers’ personal property and fixtures and (3) the Borrowers’ rights under the Management Agreement (as defined below). American Tower Holding Sub, LLC, whose only material assets are its equity interests in each of the Borrowers, and American Tower Guarantor Sub, LLC, whose only material asset is its equity interest in American Tower Holding Sub, LLC, each have guaranteed repayment of the Loan and pledged their equity interests in their respective subsidiary or subsidiaries as security for such payment obligations. American Tower Guarantor Sub, LLC, American Tower Holding Sub, LLC, the Depositor and the Borrowers each were formed as special purpose entities solely for purposes of the Securitization, and the assets and credit of these entities are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of the Company or any other person, except as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

The Loan Agreement includes operating covenants and other restrictions customary for loans subject to rated securitizations. Among other things, the Borrowers are prohibited from incurring other indebtedness for borrowed money or further encumbering their assets. The organizational documents of the Borrowers contain provisions consistent with rating agency securitization criteria for special purpose entities, including the requirement that the Borrowers maintain at least two independent directors. The Loan Agreement also contains certain covenants that require the Borrowers to provide the Trustee with regular financial reports and operating budgets, promptly notify the Trustee of events of default and material breaches under the Loan Agreement and other agreements related to the Towers, and allow the Trustee reasonable access to the Towers, including the right to conduct site investigations.

A failure to comply with the covenants in the Loan Agreement could prevent the Borrowers from taking certain actions with respect to the Towers, and could prevent the Borrowers from distributing any excess cash from the operation of the Towers to the Company. If the Borrowers were to default on the Loan, the Bank of New York (the Servicer) could seek to foreclose upon or otherwise convert the ownership of the Towers, in which case the Company could lose the Towers and the revenue associated with the Towers.

In connection with the issuance and sale of the Certificates, the Borrowers entered into a management agreement (Management Agreement) dated as of May 4, 2007 with SpectraSite, as manager (in that capacity, Manager). Pursuant to the Management Agreement, SpectraSite will perform, on behalf of the Borrowers, those functions reasonably necessary to maintain, market, operate, manage and administer the Towers.

9

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

Also in connection with the issuance and sale of the Certificates, the Borrowers, the Depositor, the Manager and LaSalle Bank National Association (Trustee), entered into a cash management agreement (Cash Management Agreement) dated as of May 4, 2007. Pursuant to the Cash Management Agreement, the Borrowers will establish certain accounts and reserves, controlled by the Depositor or its assignee, to which the Borrowers and the Manager will be required to transfer all revenue received from the Towers. The Borrowers, the Manager and the Trustee will administer the reserved funds in the manner set forth in the Loan Agreement and the Cash Management Agreement. In connection with the issuance and sale of the Certificates, the Depositor, the Trustee and the Servicer, entered into a trust and servicing agreement (Trust and Servicing Agreement) dated as of May 4, 2007. Pursuant to the Trust and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will administer and oversee the performance by the Borrowers and the Manager of their respective obligations under the documents entered into in connection with the transaction.

Under the Loan Agreement, the Borrowers are required to maintain reserve accounts, including for debt service payments, ground rents, real estate and personal property taxes, insurance premiums and management fees, and to reserve a portion of advance rents from tenants on the Towers. Based on the terms of the Loan Agreement, all rental cash receipts received each month are restricted and held by the Trustee. The $41.2 million held in the reserve accounts as of September 30, 2007 is classified as restricted cash on the Company’s accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Revolving Credit Facility—On June 8, 2007, the Company refinanced its existing $1.6 billion senior secured credit facilities at the American Tower operating company (AMT OpCo) level with a new $1.25 billion revolving credit facility of American Tower Corporation (Revolving Credit Facility). At closing, the Company drew down approximately $1.0 billion under the Revolving Credit Facility and, together with cash on hand, used the funds to repay all amounts outstanding under the existing AMT OpCo credit facilities (see “—Previous Credit Facilities”). During the three months ended September 30, 2007, the Company drew down and repaid amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility in the ordinary course, and also repaid $450.0 million of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility using net proceeds from its new term loan credit facility, as discussed below. As of September 30, 2007, the Company had $550.0 million outstanding under its Revolving Credit Facility and had approximately $13.7 million of undrawn letters of credit outstanding.

The loan agreement for the Revolving Credit Facility is with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and The Toronto Dominion Bank, New York Branch, as Issuing Banks, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and lenders that are signatories thereto. The Revolving Credit Facility has a term of five years and matures on June 8, 2012. All principal and interest will be due and payable in full at maturity. The Revolving Credit Facility does not require amortization of principal and may be paid prior to maturity in whole or in part at the Company’s option without penalty or premium. The Revolving Credit Facility allows the Company to use borrowings for working capital needs and other general corporate purposes of the Company and its subsidiaries (including, without limitation, to refinance or repurchase other indebtedness and, provided certain conditions are met, to repurchase the Company’s equity securities, in each case without additional lender approval).

The Company has the option of choosing either a defined base rate or the LIBOR rate as the applicable base rate for borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. The interest rate ranges between 0.40% to 1.25% above the LIBOR rate for LIBOR based borrowings or between 0.00% to 0.25% above the defined base rate for base rate borrowings, in each case based upon the Company’s debt ratings. A quarterly commitment fee on the undrawn portion of the Revolving Credit Facility is required, ranging from 0.08% to 0.25% per annum, based upon the Company’s debt ratings.

10

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain financial ratios and operating covenants and other restrictions applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries (excluding restricted subsidiaries) on a consolidated basis (including limitations on additional debt, guaranties, sales of assets and liens) with which the Company must comply, including the following three financial maintenance tests:

• a consolidated total leverage ratio (Total Debt to Adjusted EBITDA) of not greater than 6.00 to 1.00;

• a consolidated senior secured leverage ratio (Senior Secured Debt to Adjusted EBITDA) of not greater than 3.00 to 1.00; and

• an interest coverage ratio (Adjusted EBITDA to Interest Expense) of not less than 2.50 to 1.00.

Any failure to comply with the financial ratios and operating covenants of the Revolving Credit Facility would not only prevent the Company from being able to borrow additional funds, but would constitute a default, which could result in, among other things, the amounts outstanding, including all accrued interest and unpaid fees, becoming immediately due and payable.

Term Loan Credit Facility—On August 30, 2007, the Company entered into a new $500.0 million senior unsecured term loan credit facility (Term Loan). In connection with that transaction, the Company received $498.5 million of net proceeds from the Term Loan, which were used to repay $450.0 million of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the remainder for general corporate purposes. As of September 30, 2007, the Term Loan was fully drawn. In October 2007, the Company repaid and terminated the Term Loan, as discussed below.

The loan agreement for the Term Loan was with Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and lenders that are signatories thereto. Prior to its termination, the Term Loan had a term of five years, with a maturity date of August 30, 2012, and had terms substantially consistent with the Revolving Credit Facility, except that the Term Loan required mandatory prepayment, subject to certain limited exceptions, with the net proceeds from any future issuances, offerings or placements of debt obligations or equity securities by the Company, or by any of the Company’s subsidiaries (other than unrestricted subsidiaries), to unaffiliated third parties.

On October 1, 2007, the Company completed an institutional private placement of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.00% senior unsecured notes due 2017 (7.00% Notes), as discussed below, and used the net proceeds, together with cash on hand, to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness incurred under the Term Loan. The Company terminated the Term Loan upon repayment.

Previous Credit Facilities—During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company also maintained two credit facilities at its principal operating subsidiaries, the SpectraSite credit facilities and the AMT OpCo credit facilities (together, the Previous Credit Facilities). As discussed above, the Company repaid and terminated the SpectraSite credit facilities and the AMT OpCo credit facilities in May and June 2007, respectively, for which outstanding borrowings were $765.0 million and $1.0 billion, respectively. In connection with the termination of the Previous Credit Facilities and all related commitments, the Company recorded a charge of $7.6 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs, which is reflected in loss on retirement of long-term obligations in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.

Prior to terminating the Previous Credit Facilities, the Company entered into incremental revolving loan commitments with respect to the Previous Credit Facilities and repaid amounts outstanding under the Previous Credit Facilities during the nine months ended September 30, 2007. In February 2007, the Company entered into

11

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

two incremental revolving loan commitments under its Previous Credit Facilities, consisting of a $300.0 million revolving loan under the AMT OpCo credit facilities and a $250.0 million revolving loan under the SpectraSite credit facilities. In February 2007, the Company also drew down $250.0 million of the existing revolving loan under the AMT OpCo credit facilities to fund the cash tender offer for the Company’s 5.0% convertible notes due 2010 (5.0% Notes) discussed below. In the second quarter of 2007, the Company borrowed and then repaid an additional $30.0 million of the existing revolving loan under the AMT OpCo credit facilities and also borrowed and then repaid $40.0 million under the SpectraSite credit facilities. In addition, in May 2007, the Company used net proceeds from the Securitization to repay the $250.0 million drawn under the incremental revolving loan of the AMT OpCo credit facilities.

For more information regarding the Previous Credit Facilities, see note 7 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Termination of Interest Rate Swap Agreements—During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company received cash of approximately $12.1 million upon net settlement of all of its assets and liabilities under its interest rate swap agreements. The Company received $3.1 million in cash upon settlement of the assets and liabilities under ten forward starting interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $1.4 billion, which were designated as cash flow hedges to manage exposure to variability in cash flows relating to forecasted interest payments in connection with the debt issued with the Securitization in May 2007. As a result, the settlement gain of $2.0 million, net of a tax benefit of a $1.1 million, is being recognized as a reduction in interest expense over the five-year period for which the interest rate swaps were designated as hedges. The Company also received $17.0 million in cash upon settlement of its assets and liabilities under 13 additional interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $850.0 million that managed exposure to variability of interest rates under the Previous Credit Facilities. The Company recognized a net gain on these terminations of $8.1 million which is included in other income in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The Company paid $8.0 million in cash upon settlement of an interest rate swap agreement with an aggregate notional amount of $250.0 million entered into in anticipation of the issuance of fixed rate debt. The Company terminated the swap agreement in the quarter ended September 30, 2007 in connection with the pricing of its 7.00% Notes and will recognize the settlement amount as an increase in interest expense over the 10-year term of the 7.00% Notes.

3.25% Convertible Notes—During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 5,974,928 shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of $73.0 million principal amount of 3.25% convertible notes due August 1, 2010 (3.25% Notes). Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, the holders of the 3.25% Notes received 81.808 shares of Class A common stock for every $1,000 principal amount of notes converted. In connection with the conversion, the Company paid such holders an aggregate of approximately $3.2 million, calculated based on the accrued and unpaid interest on the notes and the discounted value of the future interest payments on the notes. The Company recorded a charge of $3.2 million related to amounts paid in excess of carrying value, which is reflected in loss on retirement of long-term obligations in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. As of September 30, 2007, $34.8 million principal amount of 3.25% Notes remained outstanding. Subsequent to September 30, 2007, a holder of $16.5 million principal amount of 3.25% Notes converted its notes. In connection with this conversion, the Company issued 1,349,832 shares of Class A common stock, and the Company paid the holder an aggregate of approximately $0.5 million, calculated based on the accrued and unpaid interest on the notes as of the date of conversion and the discounted value of the future interest payments on the notes. As of October 25, 2007, $18.3 million principal amount of 3.25% Notes remained outstanding.

12

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

5.0% Convertible Notes—In February 2007, the Company conducted a tender offer for its outstanding 5.0% Notes. The tender offer was intended to satisfy the rights granted to each noteholder under the indenture for the 5.0% Notes to require the Company to repurchase on February 20, 2007 all or any part of such holder’s 5.0% Notes at a price equal to the issue price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, up to but excluding February 20, 2007. Under the terms of the 5.0% Notes, the Company had the option to pay for the 5.0% Notes with cash, Class A common stock, or a combination of cash and stock. The Company elected to pay for the 5.0% Notes solely with cash. Pursuant to the tender offer, the Company repurchased an aggregate of $192.5 million principal amount of 5.0% Notes for an aggregate of $192.6 million. The Company recorded a charge of $1.6 million related to the write-off of deferred financing fees, which is reflected in loss on retirement of long-term obligations in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. As of September 30, 2007, $59.7 million principal amount of the Company’s 5.0% Notes remained outstanding. As of December 31, 2006, the outstanding $252.2 million principal amount of the 5.0% Notes was reflected in current portion of long-term obligations in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet pursuant to a put option in February 2007 and the tender offer described above. Amounts outstanding as of September 30, 2007 are reflected in long-term obligations in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet based on the maturity date of the 5.0% Notes in 2010.

ATI 7.25% Notes Tender Offer and Consent Solicitation—In April 2007, the Company commenced a cash tender offer and consent solicitation with respect to its outstanding ATI 7.25% Notes. In May 2007, the Company received tenders and consents of approximately 99.9% or $324.8 million of the $325.1 million principal amount of ATI 7.25% Notes outstanding, and elected to accept for payment all ATI 7.25% Notes that had been properly tendered and not withdrawn, together with the related consents. Accordingly, the Company paid $349.5 million, including approximately $10.2 million in accrued and unpaid interest, to holders of ATI 7.25% Notes using net proceeds from the Securitization discussed above. In connection with the tender offer and consent solicitation, the Company entered into a supplemental indenture effecting certain amendments to the indenture for the notes to eliminate most of the restrictive covenants and certain events of default and to eliminate or modify related provisions. The Company recorded a charge of $20.5 million related to amounts paid in excess of carrying value, which is reflected in loss on retirement of long-term obligations in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. As of September 30, 2007, $0.3 million principal amount of ATI 7.25% Notes remained outstanding.

7.00% Senior Notes Offering—On October 1, 2007, the Company completed an institutional private placement of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.00% Notes. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were approximately $493.5 million, which the Company used, together with cash on hand, to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness incurred under the Company’s $500.0 million Term Loan. The Company terminated the Term Loan upon repayment.

The 7.00% Notes mature on October 15, 2017, and interest is payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing April 15, 2008, to the persons in whose names the notes are registered at the close of business on the preceding April 1 and October 1, respectively. The Company may redeem the 7.00% Notes at any time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus a make-whole premium, together with accrued interest to the redemption date. Interest on the notes will accrue from the date of issuance and will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

If the Company undergoes a change of control and ratings decline, each as defined in the indenture for the 7.00% Notes, the Company may be required to repurchase all of the 7.00% Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and additional interest, if any, to but not including the date of repurchase. The 7.00% Notes rank equally with all of the Company’s other senior unsecured

13

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

debt and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of the Company’s subsidiaries. The indenture contains certain covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to incur more subsidiary debt or permit subsidiaries to provide guarantees; create liens; and merge, consolidate or sell assets. These covenants are subject to a number of exceptions, including that the Company and its subsidiaries may incur certain indebtedness or liens on assets, mortgages or other liens securing indebtedness, if the aggregate amount of such indebtedness and such liens shall not exceed 3.5x Adjusted EBITDA as defined in the indenture.

Stock Repurchase Programs—During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company repurchased an aggregate of approximately 31.0 million shares of its Class A common stock for an aggregate of $1.2 billion pursuant to its publicly announced stock repurchase programs, as described below, of which $1.3 billion was paid in cash and $19.8 million and $22.6 million was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.

In February 2007, the Company completed its $750.0 million stock repurchase program, originally announced in November 2005. Pursuant to this repurchase program, the Company repurchased 8.8 million shares of its Class A common stock for an aggregate of $351.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2007.

In February 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Company intends to repurchase up to $1.5 billion of its Class A common stock through February 2008. The Company expects to utilize cash on hand, cash from operations, borrowings under its Revolving Credit Facility, and borrowings from potential future financings to fund the repurchase program. During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, pursuant to this repurchase program, the Company repurchased 22.2 million shares of its Class A common stock for an aggregate of $898.7 million, of which $878.9 million was paid in cash prior to September 30, 2007 and $19.8 million was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2007. Between October 1, 2007 and October 25, 2007, the Company repurchased an additional 2.9 million shares of its Class A common stock for an aggregate of $124.7 million. As of October 25, 2007, the Company had repurchased a total of 25.1 million shares of its Class A common stock for an aggregate of $1.0 billion pursuant to this repurchase program.

4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company’s net carrying amount of goodwill was approximately $2.2 billion as of September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, all of which related to its rental and management segment. The Company’s changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 are as follows (in thousands):

	September 30, 2007
Balance as of beginning of the period	$	2,189,767
Reduction associated with deferred tax assets recognized upon expected utilization of acquired net operating and capital losses		(9,223	)
Balance	$	2,180,544

14

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

The following table presents summary information about the Company’s intangible assets subject to amortization (in thousands):

	September 30, 2007			December 31, 2006
Acquired customer base and network location intangibles	$	1,762,025		$	1,755,201
Acquired customer relationship intangible		775,000			775,000
Deferred financing costs		69,854			56,084
Acquired licenses and other intangibles		51,866			51,703
Total		2,658,745			2,637,988
Less accumulated amortization		(936,560	)		(817,112	)
Other intangible assets, net	$	1,722,185		$	1,820,876

The Company amortizes its intangible assets over periods ranging from three to twenty years. Amortization of intangible assets for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 was approximately $42.0 million and $126.7 million, respectively (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense). Based on the current estimated useful lives, and subject to the completion of the Company’s review and analysis of the useful lives of its tower assets described in note 1 above, the Company expects to record amortization expense (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs) of approximately $167.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, and $164.1 million, $162.6 million, $160.4 million, $157.2 million and $155.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

5. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 of approximately $15.3 million and $43.5 million, respectively, and during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, recognized approximately $10.7 million and $29.5 million, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 includes $7.6 million, and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 includes $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively, related to the modification of certain stock option awards to revise vesting and exercise terms for certain terminated employees.

Summary of Stock-Based Compensation Plans—The Company maintains equity incentive plans that provide for the grant of stock-based awards to its directors, officers and employees. During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company granted options to purchase shares of Class A common stock under its 1997 Stock Option Plan (1997 Plan) and its 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (2007 Plan). The 1997 Plan provides for the grant of non-qualified and incentive stock options, and expired in November 2007. The 2007 Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders in May 2007 and provides for the grant of non-qualified and incentive stock options, as well as restricted stock and other stock-based awards. In addition, the Company has outstanding options that were granted under the SpectraSite, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (SpectraSite Plan) and assumed by the Company in connection with the Company’s merger with SpectraSite, Inc., as described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.

As of September 30, 2007, options to purchase approximately 17.2 million, 0.5 million and 0.2 million shares of Class A common stock remained outstanding under the 1997 Plan, the 2007 Plan and the SpectraSite Plan, respectively. The Company does not intend to grant any additional options under the 1997 Plan or the SpectraSite Plan. In addition, the Company maintained stock option plans for ATC Mexico (ATC Mexico Plan) and ATC South America (ATC South America Plan), each of which was terminated by the Company in

15

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

February 2007. No options were granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and no options were outstanding as of September 30, 2007 under the ATC Mexico Plan or the ATC South America Plan.

Stock Options—The following table summarizes the Company’s option activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2007:

	Number of Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Contractual Term (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions)
Outstanding as of January 1, 2007	20,435,594		$	19.67
Granted	5,151,710			37.95
Exercised	(6,463,977	)		17.87
Cancelled	(1,226,079	)		28.45
Outstanding as of September 30, 2007	17,897,248		$	25.21	7.53	$	328.6
Exercisable as of September 30, 2007	6,688,078		$	17.26	5.86	$	176.4
Vested or expected to vest, net of estimated forfeitures, as of September 30, 2007	17,107,265		$	24.84	7.46	$	320.5

Key weighted average assumptions used to apply the Black-Scholes pricing model for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

Weighted Average Assumption	January 1, 2007 – September 30, 2007	January 1, 2006 – September 30, 2006
Approximate risk-free interest rate	4.50%	4.72%
Expected life of option grants	6.25 years	6.25 years
Expected volatility of underlying stock price	28.01%	29.60%
Expected annual dividends	N/A	N/A

The weighted average grant date fair value for the stock options granted during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $15.31 and $14.41, respectively, and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $14.09 and $12.56, respectively. As of September 30, 2007, total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested share-based compensation awards granted under the option plans was $98.4 million, and that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years. The total intrinsic value for stock options exercised during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $16.8 million and $138.7 million, respectively, and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $9.3 million and $77.3 million, respectively. The amount of cash received from the exercise of stock options was $109.3 million and $37.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company did not capitalize any stock-based compensation during the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan—The Company also maintains an employee stock purchase plan (ESPP) for all eligible employees as described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006. The offering periods run from June 1 through November 30 and from December 1 through May 31 of each year. During the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006, 28,000 shares and 29,000 shares, respectively, were purchased by employees under the ESPP. During the June 2007, December 2006, June 2006 and December 2005 offering periods the fair value for the ESPP shares was $9.71, $8.62, $7.29 and $6.37, respectively.

16

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

Key assumptions used to apply the Black-Scholes pricing model for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 and September 30, 2006 are as follows:

Weighted Average Assumption	June 2007 Offering	December 2006 Offering	June 2006 Offering	December 2005 Offering
Approximate risk-free interest rate	4.98%	5.05%	5.17%	5.01%
Expected life of the shares	6 months	6 months	6 months	6 months
Expected volatility of underlying stock price	27.53%	28.74%	29.60%	29.60%
Expected annual dividends	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

6. Business Segments

The Company operates in two business segments: rental and management and network development services. The rental and management segment provides for the leasing and subleasing of antenna space on multi-tenant towers and other properties for a diverse range of customers primarily in the wireless communications and broadcast industries. The network development services segment offers services activities that support the Company’s rental and management operations and the addition of new tenants and equipment on the Company’s towers, including structural analysis, site acquisition, zoning and permitting.

The accounting policies applied in compiling segment information below are similar to those described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006. In evaluating financial performance, management focuses on segment gross margin and segment operating profit. The Company defines segment gross margin as segment revenue less segment operating expenses excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion; selling, general, administrative and development expense; and impairments, net loss on sale of long-lived assets, restructuring and merger related expense. The Company defines segment operating profit as segment gross margin less selling, general, administrative and development expense attributable to the segment, excluding stock-based compensation expense and corporate expenses. For reporting purposes, the rental and management segment operating profit and segment gross margin also include interest income, TV Azteca, net. These measures of segment gross margin and segment operating profit are also before interest income, interest expense, loss on retirement of long-term obligations, other income (expense), minority interest in net earnings of subsidiaries, income on equity method investments, income taxes and discontinued operations.

The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different services. They are generally managed separately because each segment requires different resources, skill sets and marketing strategies. Summarized financial information concerning the Company’s reportable segments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 is shown in the table below. The Other column below represents amounts excluded from specific segments, such as stock-based compensation expense and corporate expenses included in selling, general, administrative and development expense; impairments, net (gain) loss on sale of long-lived assets, restructuring and merger related expense; interest income; interest expense; loss on retirement of long-term obligations; and other income (expense), as well as reconciles segment operating profit to income before income taxes, minority interest and income on equity method investments.

17

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

Three months ended September 30,	Rental and Management		Network Development Services		Other		Total
	(in thousands)
2007
Segment revenues	$	358,623	$	8,962			$	367,585
Segment operating expenses		83,936		4,841				88,777
Interest income, TV Azteca, net		3,584						3,584
Segment gross margin		278,271		4,121				282,392
Segment selling, general, administrative and development expenses		15,885		871				16,756
Segment operating profit	$	262,386	$	3,250			$	265,636
Other selling, general, administrative and development expense					$	32,274		32,274
Depreciation, amortization and accretion	$	129,436	$	550		1,498		131,484
Other expenses						56,144		56,144
Income before income taxes, minority interest and income on equity method investments							$	45,734
2006
Segment revenues	$	326,403	$	7,064			$	333,467
Segment operating expenses		84,601		2,961				87,562
Interest income, TV Azteca, net		3,584						3,584
Segment gross margin		245,386		4,103				249,489
Segment selling, general, administrative and development expenses		13,990		1,063				15,053
Segment operating profit	$	231,396	$	3,040			$	234,436
Other selling, general, administrative and development expense					$	27,331		27,331
Depreciation, amortization and accretion	$	128,622	$	367		2,368		131,357
Other expenses						58,622		58,622
Income before income taxes, minority interest and income on equity method investments							$	17,126

18

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

Nine months ended September 30,	Rental and Management		Network Development Services		Other		Total
	(in thousands)
2007
Segment revenues	$	1,055,427	$	23,055			$	1,078,482
Segment operating expenses		253,607		12,495				266,102
Interest income, TV Azteca, net		10,666						10,666
Segment gross margin	$	812,486	$	10,560			$	823,046
Segment selling, general, administrative and development expenses		48,847		2,674				51,521
Segment operating profit	$	763,639	$	7,886			$	771,525
Other selling, general, administrative and development expense					$	88,215		88,215
Depreciation, amortization and accretion	$	387,128	$	1,603		4,584		393,315
Other expenses						178,778		178,778
Income before income taxes, minority interest and income on equity method investments							$	111,217
2006
Segment revenues	$	962,831	$	16,908			$	979,739
Segment operating expenses		247,270		7,641				254,911
Interest income, TV Azteca, net		10,666						10,666
Segment gross margin	$	726,227	$	9,267			$	735,494
Segment selling, general, administrative and development expenses		45,600		2,975				48,575
Segment operating profit	$	680,627	$	6,292			$	686,919
Other selling, general, administrative and development expense					$	66,732		66,732
Depreciation, amortization and accretion	$	389,235	$	1,155		7,039		397,429
Other expenses						183,971		183,971
Income before income taxes, minority interest and income on equity method investments							$	38,787

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal and Governmental Proceedings Related to Review of Stock Option Granting Practices and Related Accounting—During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company received a letter of informal inquiry from the SEC Division of Enforcement, a subpoena from the United States Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of New York, and an Information Document Request from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), each requesting documents related to Company stock option grants and stock option practices. In addition, in August 2007, the Company received a request for information from the Department of Labor (DOL) with respect to the Company’s retirement savings plan, including documents related to Company stock option grants and the Company’s historic stock option administrative practices. The Company continues to cooperate with each of the SEC, the U.S. Attorney’s Office, the IRS and the DOL to provide the requested information and documents.

19

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

The Company is also subject to a securities class action and shareholder derivative lawsuits relating to its stock option granting practices and related accounting. In May 2007, the Company and individual defendants filed a motion to dismiss the securities class action filed in May 2006 against the Company and certain current and former officers and directors in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts. In July 2007, the plaintiff filed a brief opposing that motion, and the Company and individual defendants responded by filing a reply brief. In addition, in July 2007, the Company moved to dismiss the separate consolidated shareholder derivative lawsuits filed in 2006 against the Company and certain current and former officers and directors in Suffolk County Superior Court in Massachusetts and in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts. The Company moved to dismiss the federal and state derivative actions based on the plaintiffs’ failure to make demand of its Board of Directors prior to filing these actions. In addition, the Company moved to dismiss or stay the derivative lawsuits based on conclusions reached by the special litigation committee of its Board of Directors with respect to the claims asserted in the shareholder derivative lawsuits. The special litigation committee, comprised of independent directors, was formed in May 2006 to conduct, with the assistance of independent outside counsel, a review of the Company’s historical stock option granting practices and to determine whether pursuing the derivative claims asserted in those lawsuits is, after considering all relevant factors, in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. The special litigation committee concluded that in order to avoid duplicative litigation, among other relevant factors, the consolidated federal derivative actions should be dismissed. The special litigation committee also concluded that all claims against the Company’s current officers and directors should be dismissed as being without merit, and that, with respect to the claims against its former directors and officers, either such claims should be dismissed as being without merit or, in certain cases, that there was some evidence to indicate that state law claims may be pursuable, but as a result of the Company’s remediation plan, among other factors, the extent of the likely recoverable damages was relatively modest. In October 2007, the state court dismissed the state derivative action, without leave to amend, due to the plaintiffs’ failure to make a demand upon the Company’s Board of Directors. There is no assurance that the federal court will reach the same conclusions and dismiss the federal derivative action or that it will accept the determinations made by the special litigation committee.

The securities class action and the consolidated federal shareholder derivative lawsuits are in their early stages and the Company cannot estimate the possible loss or range of loss, if any, associated with their resolution, nor can the Company predict the final disposition of these matters. In the event of an adverse outcome with respect to one or more of these proceedings, these matters could result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Verestar—Verestar, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company (Verestar), filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the federal bankruptcy laws in December 2003 in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (Bankruptcy Court). In June 2004, the Bankruptcy Court approved a stipulation between Verestar and the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed in the bankruptcy proceeding (the Committee) that permitted the Committee to file claims against the Company and/or its affiliates on behalf of Verestar. In connection therewith, in July 2005, the Committee filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and certain of its and Verestar’s current and former officers, directors and advisors, and also filed a complaint in the Bankruptcy Court against the Company. In September 2006, the Bankruptcy Court approved the parties’ decision to mediate the Verestar bankruptcy proceedings and related litigation and stayed all aspects of the case pending the completion of mediation. In July 2007, the Company participated in mediation with the Committee, and the parties reached agreement on terms for a proposed settlement. In October 2007, the Company finalized a settlement agreement with the Committee, pursuant to which the Company agreed to pay $32.0 million and the parties agreed to a mutual release of all claims existing prior to the execution of the settlement agreement. The release of claims applies to all of the defendants, including the Company, as well as the Company’s and Verestar’s current and former officers, directors and

20

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited—(Continued)

advisors named in the litigation. In November 2007, following approval by the Bankruptcy Court, the settlement agreement became effective, and the litigation was dismissed. The Company expects to pay the $32.0 million settlement amount in November 2007.

Prior to September 30, 2007, the Company had not recorded certain tax benefits related to net operating losses generated from the operations of Verestar and used by the Company because the Company’s ability to realize such benefits was potentially impacted by the bankruptcy proceedings and related litigation that had yet to be resolved. In November 2007, in connection with the approval of the settlement agreement by the Bankruptcy Court and the dismissal of the litigation, the Company determined that the benefits from Verestar’s aforementioned net operating losses would more likely than not be recoverable by the Company. Accordingly, the Company expects to record additional tax benefits related to Verestar in the fourth quarter of 2007.

AT&T Transaction—SpectraSite entered into an agreement with SBC Communications Inc., a predecessor entity to AT&T Inc. (AT&T), for the lease or sublease of approximately 2,500 towers from AT&T between December 2000 and August 2004. All of the towers are part of the Securitization. The average term of the lease or sublease for all sites at the inception of the agreement was approximately 27 years, assuming renewals or extensions of the underlying ground leases for the sites. SpectraSite has the option to purchase the sites subject to the lease or sublease upon their expiration. Each of the towers is assigned into an annual tranche, ranging from 2013 to 2032, which represents the outside expiration date for the sublease rights to that tower. The purchase price for each site is a fixed amount stated in the sublease for that site plus the fair market value of certain alterations made to the related tower by AT&T. The aggregate purchase option price for the towers leased and subleased was approximately $333.1 million as of September 30, 2007, and will accrete at a rate of 10% per year to the applicable expiration of the lease or sublease of a site. For all such sites purchased by SpectraSite at the expiration of the lease or sublease, AT&T has the right to continue to lease the reserved space for successive one year terms at a rent equal to the lesser of the agreed upon market rate and the then current monthly fee, which is subject to an annual increase based on changes in the Consumer Price Index.

ALLTEL Transaction—In December 2000, the Company entered into an agreement with ALLTEL Communications, Inc. (ALLTEL) to acquire communications towers from ALLTEL through a 15-year sublease agreement. Pursuant to the agreement with ALLTEL, as amended, the Company acquired rights to a total of approximately 1,800 towers in tranches between April 2001 and March 2002. The Company has the option to purchase these towers at the expiration of the sublease period, which will occur between April 2016 and March 2017 based on the original closing date for such tranche of towers. The purchase price per tower as of the original closing date was $27,500 and will accrete at a rate of 3% per annum through the expiration of the sublease period. The aggregate purchase option price for the subleased towers was approximately $59.2 million as of September 30, 2007. At ALLTEL’s option, at the expiration of the sublease period the purchase price will be payable in cash or with 769 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock per tower.

Litigation—The Company periodically becomes involved in various claims and lawsuits that are incidental to its business. In the opinion of Company management, after consultation with counsel, other than the litigation related to the Company’s stock option granting practices discussed above, there are no matters currently pending which would, in the event of adverse outcome, have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

21

ITEM2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains forward-looking statements relating to our goals, beliefs, plans or current expectations and other statements that are not of historical facts. For example, when we use words such as “project,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “should,” “would,” “could” or “may,” or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes, we are making forward-looking statements. Certain important factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by our forward-looking statements, including those set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part II, Item 1A. of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Forward-looking statements represent management’s current expectations and are inherently uncertain. We do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements made by us.

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations that follows are based upon our condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our condensed consolidated financial statements herein and the accompanying notes thereto, and our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, in particular, the information set forth therein under Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Overview

We are a leading wireless and broadcast communications infrastructure company with a portfolio of over 22,500 owned communications sites. As of September 30, 2007, our portfolio includes approximately 20,000 owned tower sites in the United States and approximately 3,000 in Mexico and Brazil. In addition to our owned tower sites, we manage approximately 2,000 revenue producing rooftop and tower sites for third parties. We also operate in-building distributed antenna systems in malls and casino/hotel resorts. Our primary business is leasing antenna space on multi-tenant communications towers to wireless service providers and radio and television broadcast companies.

Our communications site portfolio provides us with a recurring base of leasing revenues from our existing customers and growth potential due to the capacity to add more tenants and equipment to these sites. Our broad network of communications sites enables us to address the needs of national, regional, local and emerging wireless service providers. We also offer services that directly support our site leasing operations and the addition of new tenants and equipment on our sites. We intend to capitalize on the continuing increase in the use of wireless communications services by actively marketing space available for leasing on our existing sites and selectively developing or acquiring new sites that meet our return on investment criteria.

Our continuing operations are reported in two segments, rental and management and network development services. Management focuses on segment gross margin and segment operating profit as a means to measure operating performance in these business segments. We define segment gross margin as segment revenue less segment operating expenses excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion; selling, general, administrative and development expense; and impairments, net loss on sale of long-lived assets, restructuring and merger related expense. We define segment operating profit as segment gross margin less selling, general, administrative and development expense attributable to the segment, excluding stock-based compensation expense and corporate expenses. Segment gross margin and segment operating profit for the rental and management segment also include interest income, TV Azteca, net (see note 6 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included herein). These measures of segment gross margin and segment operating profit are also before interest income, interest expense, loss on retirement of long-term obligations, other income (expense), minority interest in net earnings of subsidiaries, income on equity method investments, income taxes and discontinued operations.

22

Results of Operations

Three Months Ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 (dollars in thousands)

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2007			2006
REVENUES:
Rental and management	$	358,623		$	326,403		$	32,220		10	%
Network development services		8,962			7,064			1,898		27
Total revenues		367,585			333,467			34,118		10
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Costs of operations (exclusive of items shown separately below)
Rental and management		83,936			84,601			(665	)	(1	)
Network development services		4,841			2,961			1,880		63
Depreciation, amortization and accretion		131,484			131,357			127		1
Selling, general, administrative and development expense (including stock-based compensation expense of $15,266 and $10,683, respectively)		49,030			42,384			6,646		16
Impairments, net (gain) loss on sale of long-lived assets, restructuring and merger related expense		(197	)		157			(354	)	(225	)
Total operating expenses		269,094			261,460			7,634		3
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE) AND OTHER ITEMS:
Interest income, TV Azteca, net		3,584			3,584
Interest income		2,345			2,292			53		2
Interest expense		(59,919	)		(54,448	)		5,471		10
Loss on retirement of long-term obligations		(108	)		(893	)		(785	)	(88	)
Other income (expense)		1,341			(5,416	)		6,757		125
Income tax benefit (provision)		14,483			(13,350	)		27,833		208
Minority interest in net earnings of subsidiaries		(80	)		(60	)		20		33
Income on equity method investments		2			6			(4	)	(67	)
Loss from discontinued operations, net		(511	)		(250	)		261		104
Net income	$	59,628		$	3,472		$	56,156

Total Revenues

Total revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2007 were $367.6 million, an increase of $34.1 million from the three months ended September 30, 2006. Approximately $32.2 million of the increase was attributable to an increase in rental and management revenue. The balance of the increase resulted from an increase in network development services revenue of $1.9 million.

Rental and Management Revenue

Rental and management revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $358.6 million, an increase of $32.2 million from the three months ended September 30, 2006. Approximately $29.4 million of the increase resulted from incremental revenue generated by communications sites that existed during the entire period between July 1, 2006 and September 30, 2007, which reflects revenue increases from adding new tenants to those sites, existing tenants adding more equipment to those sites, contractual escalators, net of straight-line accounting treatment, favorable currency exchange rates and the net increase in straight-line revenue from extending the renewal dates of thousands of our tenant leases, partially offset by lease cancellations. This amount

23

also includes a positive revenue adjustment of approximately $4.3 million related to a utility reimbursement agreement that was reached with a U.S. customer during the three months ended September 30, 2007. Approximately $2.8 million of the increase resulted from approximately 390 communications sites acquired and/or constructed subsequent to July 1, 2006. We believe that our rental and management revenue will grow as we continue to utilize existing site capacity. We anticipate that the majority of our new leasing activity will continue to come from wireless service providers.

Network Development Services Revenue

Network development services revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $9.0 million, an increase of $1.9 million from the three months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to revenues generated by our structural analysis services, related in part to our January 2007 acquisition of a structural analysis engineering firm, which enabled us to increase our structural analysis capabilities. As we continue to focus on and grow our site leasing business, however, we anticipate that our network development services revenue will continue to represent a small percentage of our total revenues.

Total Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2007 were $269.1 million, an increase of $7.6 million from the three months ended September 30, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in selling, general, administrative and development expense of $6.6 million and an increase in expenses within our network development services segment of $1.9 million. These increases were offset by a decrease in expenses within our rental and management segment of $0.7 million and impairments, net loss on sale of long-lived assets, restructuring and merger related expense of $0.3 million.

Rental and Management Expense/Segment Gross Margin/Segment Operating Profit

Rental and management expense for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $83.9 million, a decrease of $0.7 million from the three months ended September 30, 2006. The decrease was the result of an approximately $1.5 million decrease in expenses attributable to communications sites which existed during the period between July 1, 2006 and September 30, 2007, offset by a $0.8 million increase in expenses related to approximately 390 sites acquired and/or constructed subsequent to July 1, 2006. The decrease in expenses related to existing towers as of July 1, 2006 resulted primarily from a $2.9 million positive expense accrual adjustment during the three months ended September 30, 2007 related to the utility reimbursement agreement described above, offset by a $1.4 million increase, primarily related to increases in ground rent.

Rental and management segment gross margin for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $278.3 million, an increase of $32.9 million from the three months ended September 30, 2006. The increase primarily resulted from additional rental and management revenue described above.

Rental and management segment operating profit for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $262.4 million, an increase of $31.0 million from the three months ended September 30, 2006. This was comprised of the $32.9 million increase in rental and management segment gross margin described above, net of an increase of approximately $1.9 million in selling, general, administrative and development expenses related to the rental and management segment.

Network Development Services Expense

Network development services expense for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $4.8 million, an increase of $1.9 million from the three months ended September 30, 2006. The increase correlates to the growth in services performed as noted above.

24

Selling, General, Administrative and Development Expense

Selling, general, administrative and development expense for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $49.0 million, an increase of $6.6 million from the three months ended September 30, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $4.6 million in stock-based compensation expense and increases in employee compensation expenses other than stock-based compensation expense, primarily related to administrative, information technology and business development activities. These increases were offset by a decrease in costs associated with the review of our stock option granting practices and related legal and governmental proceedings, and other related costs. See “—Stock Option Review and Related Matters” below.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $59.9 million, an increase of $5.5 million from the three months ended September 30, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in average outstanding debt of 12% offset by a decrease in average borrowing rates. The increase in average borrowings and decrease in average borrowing rates were the result of the debt financing activities described in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below and note 3 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included herein.

Loss on Retirement of Long-Term Obligations

Loss on retirement of long-term obligations for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $0.1 million, a decrease of $0.8 million from the three months ended September 30, 2006.

During the three months ended September 30, 2006, we repurchased approximately $15.5 million principal amount of ATI 7.25% senior subordinated notes due 2011 (“ATI 7.25% Notes”) and $23.5 million principal amount of 5.00% convertible notes due 2010 (“5.0% Notes”). As a result of these transactions, we recorded a charge of $0.9 million related to amounts paid in excess of the carrying value for the ATI 7.25% Notes and the write-off of related deferred financing fees.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $1.3 million, as compared to $5.4 million of other expense for the three months ended September 30, 2006. The change was primarily attributable to a $5.8 million decrease in the fair value of interest rate swap agreements during the three months ended September 30, 2006, as compared to a $1.0 million gain from the sale of our common stock investment in FiberTower Corporation during the three months ended September 30, 2007.

Income Tax Benefit (Provision)

The income tax benefit for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $14.5 million, as compared to a provision of $13.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. The effective tax benefit rate was 31.7% for the three months ended September 30, 2007, as compared to an effective tax provision rate of 78.0% for the three months ended September 30, 2006.

The effective tax rate on income from continuing operations for the three months ended September 30, 2007 differs from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the reversal of $41.7 million of valuation allowances on net state deferred tax assets described in note 2 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included herein, as well as foreign items, non-deductible stock-based compensation expense, tax reserves and state taxes. The effective tax rate on income from continuing operations for the three months ended September 30, 2006 differs from the federal statutory rate due primarily to adjustments to foreign items, non-deductible losses on conversions of our 3.25% convertible notes due August 1, 2010 (“3.25% Notes”) and state taxes.

25

Loss From Discontinued Operations, Net

Loss from discontinued operations, net for the three months ended September 30, 2007 was $0.5 million, as compared to $0.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006, representing an increase of $0.3 million from the prior year period. The increase is due to an increase in legal expenses incurred in connection with the Verestar bankruptcy proceedings and related litigation described in note 7 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included herein.

Prior to September 30, 2007, we had not recorded certain tax benefits related to net operating losses generated from the operations of Verestar and used by us because our ability to realize such benefits was potentially impacted by the bankruptcy proceedings and related litigation that had yet to be resolved. In November 2007, in connection with the approval of the settlement agreement by the Bankruptcy Court and the dismissal of the litigation, we determined that the benefits from Verestar’s aforementioned net operating losses would more likely than not be recoverable by us. Accordingly, we expect to record additional tax benefits related to Verestar in the fourth quarter of 2007.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 (dollars in thousands)

	Nine Months Ended September 30,						Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2007			2006
REVENUES:
Rental and management	$	1,055,427		$	962,831		$	92,596		10	%
Network development services		23,055			16,908			6,147		36
Total revenues		1,078,482			979,739			98,743		10
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Costs of operations (exclusive of items shown separately below)
Rental and management		253,607			247,270			6,337		3
Network development services		12,495			7,641			4,854		64
Depreciation, amortization and accretion		393,315			397,429			(4,114	)	(1	)
Selling, general, administrative and development expense (including stock-based compensation expense of $43,480 and $29,541, respectively)		139,736			115,307			24,429		21
Impairments, net loss on sale of long-lived assets, restructuring and merger related expense		1,432			1,604			(172	)	(11	)
Total operating expenses		800,585			769,251			31,334		4
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE) AND OTHER ITEMS:
Interest income, TV Azteca, net		10,666			10,666
Interest income		9,186			5,021			4,165		83
Interest expense		(171,577	)		(162,395	)		9,182		6
Loss on retirement of long-term obligations		(33,168	)		(25,967	)		7,201		28
Other income		18,213			974			17,239		1,770
Income tax provision		(17,714	)		(28,112	)		(10,398	)	(37	)
Minority interest in net earnings of subsidiaries		(264	)		(597	)		(333	)	(56	)
Income on equity method investments		10			16			(6	)	(38	)
Loss from discontinued operations, net		(31,384	)		(895	)		30,849		3,407
Net income	$	61,865		$	9,199		$	52,666

26

Total Revenues

Total revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 were $1,078.5 million, an increase of $98.7 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Approximately $92.6 million of the increase was attributable to an increase in rental and management revenue. The balance of the increase resulted from an increase in network development services revenue of $6.1 million.

Rental and Management Revenue

Rental and management revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $1,055.4 million, an increase of $92.6 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Approximately $83.3 million of the increase resulted from incremental revenue generated by communications sites that existed during the entire period between January 1, 2006 and September 30, 2007, which reflects revenue increases from adding new tenants to those sites, existing tenants adding more equipment to those sites, contractual escalators, net of straight-line accounting treatment, favorable currency exchange rates, and the net increase in straight-line revenue from extending the renewal dates of thousands of our tenant leases, partially offset by lease cancellations. Approximately $9.3 million of the increase resulted from approximately 540 communications sites acquired and/or constructed subsequent to January 1, 2006. We believe that our rental and management revenue will grow as we continue to utilize existing site capacity. We anticipate that the majority of our new leasing activity will continue to come from wireless service providers.

Network Development Services Revenue

Network development services revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $23.1 million, an increase of $6.1 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to revenues generated by our structural analysis services, related in part to our to our January 2007 acquisition of a structural analysis engineering firm, which enabled us to increase our structural analysis capabilities. As we continue to focus on and grow our site leasing business, however, we anticipate that our network development services revenue will continue to represent a small percentage of our total revenues.

Total Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 were $800.6 million, an increase of $31.3 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase was attributable to an increase in selling, general, administrative and development expense of $24.4 million, an increase in expenses within our rental and management segment of $6.3 million and an increase in expenses within our network development services segment of $4.9 million. These increases were offset by a decrease in depreciation, amortization and accretion expense of $4.1 million and a decrease in impairments, net loss on sale of long-lived assets, restructuring and merger related expense of $0.2 million.

Rental and Management Expense/Segment Gross Margin/Segment Operating Profit

Rental and management expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $253.6 million, an increase of $6.3 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Approximately $3.3 million of the increase was attributable to communications sites which existed during the period between January 1, 2006 and September 30, 2007, and approximately $3.0 million of the increase was related to approximately 540 sites acquired and/or constructed subsequent to January 1, 2006. The increase in expenses related to existing towers as of January 1, 2006 resulted primarily from increases in ground rent, offset by a $2.9 million positive expense accrual adjustment related to a utility reimbursement agreement that was reached with a U.S. customer during the three months ended September 30, 2007.

27

Rental and management segment gross margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $812.5 million, an increase of $86.3 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase resulted from the additional rental and management revenue described above, offset by an increase in rental and management expense.

Rental and management segment operating profit for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $763.6 million, an increase of $83.0 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2006. This was comprised of the $86.3 million increase in rental and management segment gross margin described above, net of an increase of $3.3 million in selling, general, administrative and development expenses related to the rental and management segment.

Network Development Services Expense

Network development services expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $12.5 million, an increase of $4.9 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The majority of the increase correlates to the growth in services performed as noted above.

Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion

Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $393.3 million, a decrease of $4.1 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The decrease was primarily attributable to the finalization in June 2006 of the purchase price allocation related to long-lived assets acquired in connection with the SpectraSite merger, which resulted in decreases in the fair values of certain intangible assets and changes in the estimated useful lives of certain tangible and intangible assets.

As discussed in note 1 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included herein, we are in the process of reviewing the remaining estimated useful lives of our tower assets. We now have over ten years of operating history, and we are considering whether we should modify our current estimates for asset lives based on our historical operating experience. We have retained an independent consultant to assist us in completing this review and analysis, and we expect to receive a report from the consultant in the fourth quarter of 2007. If we conclude that a revision in the estimated useful lives of our tower assets is appropriate based on the completion of the report and our review and analysis, we will account for any changes in the useful lives as a change in accounting estimate under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 154 “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections,” which will be recorded prospectively beginning in the period of change. Based on preliminary information obtained to date, we expect that our estimated asset lives may be extended which would result in prospective decreases in depreciation and amortization, and such changes could be material to future depreciation and amortization and our consolidated results of operations.

Selling, General, Administrative and Development Expense

Selling, general, administrative and development expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $139.7 million, an increase of $24.4 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $13.9 million in stock-based compensation expense and an increase of $1.1 million in costs associated with the review of our stock option granting practices and related legal and governmental proceedings, and other related costs. See “—Stock Option Review and Related Matters” below. Stock-based compensation expense included $7.6 million related to the modification of certain stock option awards for two members of senior management who terminated their employment during the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The remaining net increase was primarily the result of increases in employee compensation expenses other than stock-based compensation expense, primarily related to administrative, information technology and business development activities.

28

Interest Income

Interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $9.2 million, an increase of $4.2 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in interest-earning average cash balances.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $171.6 million, an increase of $9.2 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in average outstanding debt of 5% and an increase in average borrowing rates. The increase in average borrowings and increase in average borrowing rates were the result of the debt financing activities described in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below and note 3 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included herein.

Loss on Retirement of Long-Term Obligations

During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, approximately $73.0 million principal amount of 3.25% Notes were converted into shares of our Class A common stock, and we repurchased pursuant to tender offers approximately $192.5 million principal amount of our 5.0% Notes and $324.8 million principal amount of ATI 7.25% Notes. We also repaid $500.0 million of borrowings under our senior unsecured revolving credit facility, as well as repaid all amounts outstanding under the two credit facilities at our principal operating subsidiaries and terminated all commitments thereunder. As a result of these transactions, we recorded a charge of $33.2 million related to amounts paid in excess of the carrying value and the write-off of related deferred financing fees.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, approximately $45.0 million principal amount of 3.25% Notes were converted into shares of our Class A common stock, and we repurchased approximately $52.4 million principal amount of ATI 7.25% Notes and $23.5 million principal amount of 5.0% Notes. In addition, on February 1, 2006, we redeemed $227.7 million face amount ($162.1 million accreted value, net of $7.0 million fair value discount allocated to warrants) of ATI 12.25% senior subordinated discount notes due 2008 in accordance with the indenture at 106.125% of their accreted value for an aggregate of $179.5 million. As a result of these transactions, we recorded a charge of $26.0 million related to amounts paid in excess of the carrying value and the write-off of related deferred financing fees.

Other Income

Other income for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $18.2 million, an increase of $17.2 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to $10.9 million of gains recognized on the sale of our common stock investment in FiberTower Corporation and $5.8 million in gains recognized from the mark to market and subsequent settlement of interest rate swap agreements not deferred as part of the securitization transaction.

Income Tax Provision

The income tax provision for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $17.7 million, as compared to $28.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, representing a decrease of $10.4 million from the prior year period. The effective tax rate was 15.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007, as compared to 72.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

The effective tax rate on income from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 differs from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the reversal of $41.7 million of valuation allowances on net state deferred tax assets described in note 2 to our condensed consolidated financial statements, included herein, as well as foreign items, non-deductible stock-based compensation expense, tax reserves and state taxes. The effective tax rate on loss from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 differs from the federal statutory rate due primarily to adjustments to foreign items, non-deductible losses on conversions of our 3.25% Notes and state taxes.

29

Loss From Discontinued Operations, Net

Loss from discontinued operations, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $31.4 million, as compared to $0.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, representing an increase of $30.9 million from the prior year period. The increase is primarily due to the settlement reached in connection with the mediation of the Verestar bankruptcy proceedings and related litigation described in note 7 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included herein. During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we recorded the $32.0 million liability associated with the Verestar bankruptcy proceedings equal to the settlement amount. In November 2007, following approval by the Bankruptcy Court, the settlement agreement became effective, and the litigation was dismissed. We expect to pay the $32.0 million settlement amount in November 2007.

Prior to September 30, 2007, we had not recorded certain tax benefits related to net operating losses generated from the operations of Verestar and used by us because our ability to realize such benefits was potentially impacted by the bankruptcy proceedings and related litigation that had yet to be resolved. In November 2007, in connection with the approval of the settlement agreement by the Bankruptcy Court and the dismissal of the litigation, we determined that the benefits from Verestar’s aforementioned net operating losses would more likely than not be recoverable by us. Accordingly, we expect to record additional tax benefits related to Verestar in the fourth quarter of 2007.

Stock Option Review and Related Matters

During the year ended December 31, 2006, we conducted a review of our historic stock option granting practices and related accounting as described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006. As a result of this review, we restated our historical financial statements to, among other things, record charges for stock-based compensation expense related to certain option grants and to account for the tax-related consequences. During 2006, we received a letter of informal inquiry from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), a subpoena from the office of the United States Attorney for the Eastern District of New York and an information document request from the IRS, each requesting documents and information related to our stock option granting practices. In August 2007, we also received a request for information from the Department of Labor with respect to our retirement savings plan, including documents related to our stock option grants and our historic stock option administrative practices. In addition, we and certain of our current and former officers and directors are defendants in lawsuits related to our stock option granting practices, as discussed below in “Legal Proceedings.” In connection with the review of our stock option granting practices, the restatement of our historical financial statements and the related legal and governmental proceedings, we have incurred significant legal, accounting and auditing expenses, and we expect legal expenditures will continue to be incurred in the future.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The information in this section updates as of September 30, 2007 the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 and should be read in conjunction with that report.

As of September 30, 2007, we had total outstanding indebtedness of approximately $4.0 billion. During the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, we generated sufficient cash flows from operations to fund our capital expenditures and cash interest obligations. We believe our cash generated by operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 also will be sufficient to fund our capital expenditures and our cash debt service (interest and principal repayments) obligations for the next 12 months.

30

The following table summarizes our borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and the principal balance outstanding under our notes and the certificates issued in our securitization transaction (in thousands):

Indebtedness	Principal Balance Outstanding*		Maturity Date
Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-1	$	1,750,000	April 15, 2014	**
Revolving credit facility		550,000	June 8, 2012
7.25% senior subordinated notes		288	December 1, 2011
7.50% senior notes		225,000	May 1, 2012
7.125% senior notes		500,000	October 15, 2012
7.00% senior notes		500,000	October 15, 2017
5.0% convertible notes		59,683	February 15, 2010
3.25% convertible notes		18,333	August 1, 2010
3.00% convertible notes		344,980	August 15, 2012
2.25% convertible notes		45	October 15, 2009
Total	$	3,948,329

  * Reflects the principal balance outstanding as of September 30, 2007, as adjusted for (a) our issuance of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.00% Notes on October 1, 2007 and the use of net proceeds, together with cash on hand, to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness incurred under our $500.0 million Term Loan and (b) the conversion of approximately $16.5 million principal amount of 3.25% Notes in October 2007 by a holder thereof into 1.3 million shares of our Class A common stock, each as described in further detail below under “—Refinancing Activities and Repurchases of Debt.”

** Anticipated repayment date; final legal maturity date is April 2037.

Uses of Cash

Stock Repurchase Program.    During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we repurchased an aggregate of approximately 31.0 million shares of our Class A common stock for an aggregate of $1.2 billion pursuant to our publicly announced stock repurchase programs.

In February 2007, we completed our $750.0 million stock repurchase program, originally announced in November 2005. Pursuant to this repurchase program, we repurchased 8.8 million shares of our Class A common stock for an aggregate of $351.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2007.

In February 2007, our Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program pursuant to which we intend to repurchase up to $1.5 billion of our Class A common stock through February 2008. We expect to utilize cash on hand, cash from operations, borrowings under our revolving credit facility and borrowings from potential future financings to fund the repurchase program. Pursuant to this repurchase program, we repurchased 22.2 million shares of our Class A common stock for an aggregate of $898.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2007. Between October 1, 2007 and October 25, 2007, we repurchased an additional 2.9 million shares of our Class A common stock for an aggregate of $124.7 million. As of October 25, 2007, we had repurchased a total of 25.1 million shares of our Class A common stock for an aggregate of $1.0 billion pursuant to this stock repurchase program.

For more information regarding our stock repurchase programs, please see “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” below, note 3 to our condensed consolidated financial statements herein, and notes 14 and 19 to our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Tower Improvements, Tower Construction and In-Building System Installation, and Tower and Land Acquisition.    During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, payments for purchases of property and

31

equipment and construction activities totaled $107.0 million. In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we spent $13.6 million to acquire 111 towers and $7.1 million to acquire a structural analysis engineering firm. We plan to continue to allocate our available capital among investment alternatives that meet our return criteria. Accordingly, we may continue to acquire communications sites, acquire land under our towers, build or install new communications sites and redevelop or improve existing communications sites when the expected returns on such investments meet our investment criteria. We anticipate that we will construct approximately 165 new sites, including in-building systems, in 2007. We expect that our 2007 total capital expenditures will be between approximately $145.0 million and $150.0 million, including approximately $40.0 million for land purchases. In addition, we anticipate that we will construct approximately 250 to 350 new sites, including in-building systems, in 2008, and we expect that our 2008 total capital expenditures will be between approximately $155.0 million and $185.0 million.

Refinancing and Repurchases of Debt.    In order to extend the maturity dates of our indebtedness, lower our cost of debt and improve our financial flexibility, we use our available liquidity to refinance and repurchase our outstanding indebtedness. During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we paid approximately $545.3 million in cash in connection with the repurchase of $517.3 million and conversion of approximately $73.0 million face amount of our outstanding debt securities using cash on hand and borrowings under our credit facilities and with respect to conversions of convertible notes, shares of our Class A common stock. During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we also implemented a new senior unsecured revolving credit facility of American Tower Corporation (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) and a new senior unsecured term loan credit facility (the “Term Loan”), and we repaid all amounts outstanding under and terminated the credit facilities at our principal operating subsidiaries. In October 2007, we repaid and terminated the Term Loan. For more information about our financing activities, see “—Refinancing Activities and Repurchases of Debt” below.

Contractual Obligations.    Our contractual obligations relate primarily to the Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-1 (the “Certificates”) issued in the securitization transaction, borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and our outstanding notes. We included a table of our contractual obligations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006. Since December 31, 2006, we refinanced and repurchased a portion of our outstanding debt, as discussed below under “—Refinancing Activities and Repurchases of Debt.”

A description of our contractual debt obligations is included in Item 3. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” as well as in note 3 to our condensed consolidated financial statements. As discussed in note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements, we adopted FIN 48 during the nine months ended September 30, 2007 which resulted in the classification of uncertain tax positions as non-current income tax liabilities. We expect the unrecognized tax benefits to change over the next 12 months if certain tax matters ultimately settle with the applicable taxing jurisdiction during this timeframe. However, based on the status of these items and the amount of uncertainty associated with the outcome and timing of audit settlements, we are currently unable to estimate the impact of the amount of such changes, if any, to previously recorded uncertain tax positions and have classified approximately $35.4 million as other long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2007. We also classified approximately $39.0 million of accrued income tax-related interest and penalties as other long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2007.

Verestar.    As discussed below under “Legal Proceedings,” in July 2007, we participated in mediation with respect to the Verestar bankruptcy proceedings and related litigation, and the parties reached agreement on terms for a proposed settlement. In October 2007, we finalized a settlement agreement with the creditors committee, pursuant to which we agreed to pay $32.0 million and the parties agreed to a mutual release of all claims existing prior to the execution of the settlement agreement. In November 2007, following approval by the Bankruptcy Court, the settlement agreement became effective, and the litigation was dismissed. We expect to pay the $32.0 million settlement amount in November 2007.

32

Sources of Cash

American Tower Corporation is a holding company, and our cash flows are derived primarily from distributions from our subsidiaries. Our principal United States operating subsidiaries are American Towers, Inc. (“ATI”) and SpectraSite Communications, LLC (“SpectraSite”). We conduct our international operations through our subsidiary, American Tower International, Inc., which in turn conducts operations in Mexico through its subsidiary ATC Mexico Holding Corp. (“ATC Mexico”) and in Brazil through its subsidiary ATC South America Holding Corp. (“ATC South America”). Under our loan agreement relating to our securitization transaction, SpectraSite’s directly and indirectly held subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on the amount of cash that they can distribute to SpectraSite or us.

Total Liquidity at September 30, 2007.    As of September 30, 2007, we had approximately $769.0 million of total liquidity, comprised of approximately $82.7 million in cash and cash equivalents and the ability to borrow approximately $686.3 million under our Revolving Credit Facility.

Cash Generated by Operations.    For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, our cash provided by operating activities was $563.8 million, compared to $475.2 million for the same period in 2006. Cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 includes approximately $80.0 million received in connection with our federal income tax refund and includes a reduction of approximately $35.0 million of net cash receipts related to towers included in the securitization transaction, which are classified as restricted cash until all necessary payments and reserves are satisfied and the balance is disbursed to us on a monthly basis. Each of our rental and management and network development services segments are expected to generate cash flows from operations during 2007 in excess of their cash needs for operations and expenditures for tower construction, improvements and acquisitions. (See “—Results of Operations” above.) We expect to use the excess cash generated by operations principally to service our debt and to fund capital expenditures and repurchases of our Class A common stock.

Revolving Credit Facility.    On June 8, 2007, we refinanced our existing $1.6 billion senior secured credit facilities at the American Tower operating company (“AMT OpCo”) level with the new $1.25 billion Revolving Credit Facility. We borrowed $1.0 billion under the Revolving Credit Facility and together with cash on hand, used the funds to repay all amounts outstanding under the existing AMT OpCo credit facilities plus accrued interest thereon and other costs and expenses related thereto. During the three months ended September 30, 2007, we drew down and repaid amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility in the ordinary course, and also repaid $450.0 million of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility using net proceeds from our Term Loan, as discussed below. As of September 30, 2007, we had the ability to borrow approximately $686.3 million under our Revolving Credit Facility. As of October 25, 2007, we had drawn down an additional $125.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility, and accordingly, we had the ability to borrow approximately $561.3 million under our Revolving Credit Facility.

The Revolving Credit Facility has a term of five years and matures on June 8, 2012. All principal and interest will be due and payable in full at maturity. The Revolving Credit Facility does not require amortization of principal and may be paid prior to maturity in whole or in part at our option without penalty or premium. The Revolving Credit Facility allows us to use borrowings for working capital needs and other general corporate purposes of us and our subsidiaries (including, without limitation, to refinance or repurchase other indebtedness and, provided certain conditions are met, to repurchase our equity securities, in each case without additional lender approval).

The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain financial ratios and operating covenants and other restrictions (including limitations on additional debt, guaranties, sales of assets and liens) with which we must comply. Any failure to comply with the financial ratios and operating covenants of the Revolving Credit Facility would not only prevent us from being able to borrow additional funds, but would constitute a default, which could result in, among other things, the amounts outstanding, including all accrued interest and unpaid fees, becoming immediately due and payable.

33

For more information regarding our Revolving Credit Facility, please see note 3 to our condensed consolidated financial statements herein.

Term Loan Credit Facility.    On August 30, 2007, we entered into a new $500.0 million Term Loan. In connection with that transaction, we received $498.5 million of net proceeds from the Term Loan, which were used to repay $450.0 million of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the remainder for general corporate purposes. As of September 30, 2007, the Term Loan was fully drawn. Prior to its termination, the Term Loan had a term of five years, with a maturity date of August 30, 2012, and had terms substantially consistent with the Revolving Credit Facility, except that the Term Loan required mandatory prepayment, subject to certain limited exceptions, with the net proceeds from any future issuances, offerings or placements of debt obligations or equity securities by us, or by any of our subsidiaries (other than unrestricted subsidiaries), to unaffiliated third parties. On October 1, 2007, we completed an institutional private placement of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.00% senior unsecured notes due 2017 (“7.00% Notes”), as discussed below, and used the net proceeds, together with cash on hand, to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness incurred under the Term Loan. We terminated the Term Loan upon repayment.

For more information regarding our Term Loan, please see note 3 to our condensed consolidated financial statements herein.

Previous Credit Facilities.    During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we also maintained two credit facilities at our principal operating subsidiaries, the SpectraSite credit facilities and the AMT OpCo credit facilities (together, the “Previous Credit Facilities”). We repaid and terminated the SpectraSite credit facilities and the AMT OpCo credit facilities in May and June 2007, respectively.

For more information regarding our Previous Credit Facilities, please see note 3 to our condensed consolidated financial statements herein and note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Proceeds from the Sale of Equity Securities.    We receive proceeds from sales of our equity securities pursuant to our stock option and stock purchase plans and upon exercise of warrants to purchase our equity securities. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we received an aggregate of $110.4 million in proceeds from exercises of options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to our stock option plans and sales of shares pursuant to our employee stock purchase plan.

Refinancing Activities and Repurchases of Debt

Securitization.    During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we completed a securitization transaction (the “Securitization”) involving assets related to 5,295 broadcast and wireless communications towers (the “Towers”) owned by two of our special purpose subsidiaries, through a private offering of $1.75 billion of Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-1 (the “Certificates”).

The Certificates were issued by American Tower Trust I (the “Trust”), a trust established by American Tower Depositor Sub, LLC (the “Depositor”), one of our indirect wholly owned special purpose subsidiaries. The assets of the Trust consist of a recourse loan (the “Loan”) initially made by the Depositor to American Tower Asset Sub, LLC and American Tower Asset Sub II, LLC (the “Borrowers”), pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement among the foregoing parties dated as of May 4, 2007 (the “Loan Agreement”). The Borrowers are special purpose entities formed solely for the purpose of holding the Towers subject to the Securitization.

34

As indicated in the table below, the Certificates were issued in seven separate classes. Each of the Class B, Class C, Class D, Class E and Class F Certificates are subordinated in right of payment to any other class of Certificates which has an earlier alphabetical designation. The Certificates were issued with terms identical to the Loan except for the Class A-FL Certificates, which bear interest at a floating rate while the related component of the Loan bears interest at a fixed rate, as described below. The various classes of Certificates were issued with a weighted average interest rate of approximately 5.61%. The Certificates have an expected life of approximately seven years with a final repayment date in April 2037.

Class	Initial Class             Principal Balance		Interest                 Rate	Rating (Moody’s/Fitch/S&P)
Class A-FX	$	872,000,000	5.4197%	Aaa/AAA/AAA
Class A-FL	$	150,000,000	LIBOR +0.1900(a)	Aaa/AAA/AAA
Class B	$	215,000,000	5.5370%	Aa2/AA/AA
Class C	$	110,000,000	5.6151%	A2/A/A
Class D	$	275,000,000	5.9568%	Baa2/BBB/BBB
Class E	$	55,000,000	6.2493%	Baa3/BBB-/BBB-
Class F	$	73,000,000	6.6388%	Baa3/BBB-/BB+

(a) The Class A-FL Certificates bear interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR, but interest on the related component of the Loan is computed at a fixed rate equal to the interest rate on the Class A-FX Certificates. Holders of the Class A-FL Certificates have the benefit of an interest rate swap agreement between the Trust and Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc. Neither we nor the Borrowers have any obligations or liability with respect to this interest rate swap agreement.

We used the net proceeds from the Securitization to repay all amounts outstanding under the SpectraSite credit facilities, including approximately $765.0 million in principal, plus accrued interest thereon and other costs and expenses related thereto, as well as to repay approximately $250.0 million drawn under the revolving loan component of the American Tower credit facilities. An additional $349.5 million of the proceeds was used to fund our tender offer and consent solicitation for the ATI 7.25% Notes, and the remainder will be used for general corporate purposes. We also funded $14.3 million in cash reserve accounts with proceeds from the Securitization as required under the Loan Agreement.

The Loan will be paid by the Borrowers solely from the cash flows generated by the Towers. These funds in turn will be used by or on behalf of the Trust to service the payment of interest on the Certificates and for any other payments required by the Loan Agreement. The Borrowers are required to make monthly payments of interest on the Loan. Subject to certain limited exceptions, no payments of principal will be required to be made prior to the anticipated repayment date for the Loan in April 2014. On a monthly basis, after payment of all required amounts under the Loan Agreement and subject to certain exceptions, the excess cash flows generated from the operation of the Towers are released to the Borrowers, which can then be distributed to, and used by, us.

The Borrowers may not prepay the Loan in whole or in part at any time prior to May 2009, except in limited circumstances, including the occurrence of certain casualty and condemnation events relating to the Towers and certain dispositions of Towers. Thereafter, prepayment is permitted provided it is accompanied by applicable prepayment consideration. If the prepayment occurs within nine months of the anticipated repayment date, no prepayment consideration is due. The entire unpaid principal balance of the Loan components will be due in April 2037. The Loan may be defeased in whole or in part at any time.

The Loan is secured by (1) mortgages, deeds of trust and deeds to secure debt on substantially all of the Towers and their operating cash flows, (2) a security interest in substantially all of the Borrowers’ personal property and fixtures and (3) the Borrowers’ rights under the Management Agreement dated as of May 4, 2007 with SpectraSite, as manager. American Tower Holding Sub, LLC, whose only material assets are its equity interests in each of the Borrowers, and American Tower Guarantor Sub, LLC, whose only material asset is its equity interest in American Tower Holding Sub, LLC, each have guaranteed repayment of the Loan and pledged

35

their equity interests in their respective subsidiary or subsidiaries as security for such payment obligations. American Tower Guarantor Sub, LLC, American Tower Holding Sub, LLC, the Depositor and the Borrowers each were formed as special purpose entities solely for purposes of the Securitization, and the assets and credit of these entities are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of us or any other person, except as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

The Loan Agreement includes operating covenants and other restrictions customary for loans subject to rated securitizations. Among other things, the Borrowers are prohibited from incurring other indebtedness for borrowed money or further encumbering their assets. The organizational documents of the Borrowers contain provisions consistent with rating agency securitization criteria for special purpose entities, including the requirement that the Borrowers maintain at least two independent directors. The Loan Agreement also contains certain covenants that require the Borrowers to provide the Trustee with regular financial reports and operating budgets, promptly notify the Trustee of events of default and material breaches under the Loan Agreement and other agreements related to the Towers, and allow the Trustee reasonable access to the Towers, including the right to conduct site investigations.

A failure to comply with the covenants in the Loan Agreement could prevent the Borrowers from taking certain actions with respect to the Towers, and could prevent the Borrowers from distributing any excess cash from the operation of the Towers to us. If the Borrowers were to default on the Loan, the Bank of New York could seek to foreclose upon or otherwise convert the ownership of the Towers, in which case we could lose the Towers and the revenue associated with the Towers.

Under the Loan Agreement, the Borrowers are required to maintain reserve accounts, including for debt service payments, ground rents, real estate and personal property taxes, insurance premiums and management fees, and to reserve a portion of advance rents from tenants on the Towers. Based on the terms of the Loan Agreement, all rental cash receipts received each month are restricted and held by the Trustee. The $41.2 million held in the reserve accounts as of September 30, 2007 is classified as restricted cash on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet.

For more information regarding the Securitization, please see note 3 to our condensed consolidated financial statements herein.

7.00% Senior Notes.    On October 1, 2007, we completed an institutional private placement of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.00% Notes. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $493.5 million, which we used, together with cash on hand, to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness incurred under our $500.0 million Term Loan. We terminated the Term Loan upon repayment.

The 7.00% Notes mature on October 15, 2017, and interest is payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on April 15, 2008, to the persons in whose names the notes are registered at the close of business on the preceding April 1 and October 1, respectively. We may redeem the 7.00% Notes at any time. The redemption price on the 7.00% Notes is 100% of the principal amount, plus a make-whole premium, together with accrued interest to the redemption date. Interest on the notes will accrue from the date of issuance and will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

If we undergo a change of control and ratings decline, each as defined in the indenture for the 7.00% Notes, we may be required to repurchase all of the 7.00% Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and additional interest, if any, to but not including the date of repurchase. The 7.00% Notes rank equally with all of our other senior unsecured debt and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of our subsidiaries. The indenture contains certain covenants that restrict our ability to incur more subsidiary debt or permit subsidiaries to provide guarantees; create liens; and merge, consolidate or sell assets. These covenants are subject to a number of

36

exceptions, including that we and our subsidiaries may incur certain indebtedness or liens securing indebtedness, if the aggregate amount of such indebtedness and such liens shall not exceed 3.5x Adjusted EBITDA as defined in the indenture.

For more information regarding the 7.00% Notes, please see note 3 to our condensed consolidated financial statements herein.

3.25% Convertible Notes.    During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we issued an aggregate of 5,974,928 shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of approximately $73.0 million principal amount of 3.25% Notes. Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, the holders of the 3.25% Notes received 81.808 shares of Class A common stock for every $1,000 principal amount of notes converted. In connection with the conversion, we paid such holders an aggregate of approximately $3.2 million, calculated based on the accrued and unpaid interest on the notes as of the date of conversion and the discounted value of the future interest payments on the notes. As of September 30, 2007, $34.8 million principal amount of 3.25% Notes remained outstanding. Subsequent to September 30, 2007, a holder of $16.5 million principal amount of 3.25% Notes converted its notes. In connection with this conversion, we issued 1,349,832 shares of Class A common stock, and we paid the holder an aggregate of approximately $0.5 million, calculated based on the accrued and unpaid interest on the notes as of the date of conversion and the discounted value of the future interest payments on the notes. As of October 25, 2007, $18.3 million principal amount of 3.25% Notes remained outstanding.

5.0% Convertible Notes.    During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we conducted a cash tender offer for all of our outstanding 5.0% Notes. The tender offer was intended to satisfy the rights granted to each noteholder under the indenture for the 5.0% Notes to require us to repurchase on February 20, 2007 all or any part of such holder’s 5.0% Notes at a price equal to the issue price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, up to but excluding February 20, 2007. Under the terms of the 5.0% Notes, we had the option to pay for the 5.0% Notes with cash, Class A common stock, or a combination of cash and stock. We elected to pay for the 5.0% Notes solely with cash. Pursuant to the tender offer, we repurchased an aggregate of $192.5 million principal amount of 5.0% Notes for an aggregate of $192.6 million. Upon completion of this tender offer and as of September 30, 2007, $59.7 million principal amount of our 5.0% Notes remained outstanding.

ATI 7.25% Notes Tender Offer and Consent Solicitation.    During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we conducted a cash tender offer and consent solicitation with respect to our outstanding ATI 7.25% Notes. We received tenders and consents of approximately 99.9% or $324.8 million of the $325.1 million principal amount of ATI 7.25% Notes outstanding, and elected to accept for payment all ATI 7.25% Notes that had been properly tendered and not withdrawn, together with the related consents. Accordingly, we paid $349.5 million, including approximately $10.2 million in accrued and unpaid interest, to holders of ATI 7.25% Notes using net proceeds from the Securitization discussed above. In connection with the tender offer and consent solicitation, we entered into a supplemental indenture effecting certain amendments to the indenture for the notes to eliminate most of the restrictive covenants and certain events of default and to eliminate or modify related provisions. As of September 30, 2007, $0.3 million principal amount of ATI 7.25% Notes remained outstanding.

Termination of Interest Rate Swap Agreements.    During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we received cash of approximately $12.1 million upon net settlement of all of our assets and liabilities under our interest rate swap agreements. We received $3.1 million upon settlement of the assets and liabilities under ten forward starting interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $1.4 billion, which were designated as cash flow hedges to manage exposure to variability in cash flows relating to forecasted interest payments in connection with the debt issued with the Securitization in May 2007. We also received $17.0 million in cash upon settlement of the assets and liabilities under 13 additional interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $850.0 million that managed exposure to variability of interest rates under the Previous Credit Facilities. We paid $8.0 million in cash upon settlement of an interest rate swap agreement with an aggregate notional amount of $250.0 million entered into in anticipation of the issuance of fixed rate debt. We terminated the swap agreement in the quarter ended September 30, 2007 in connection with the pricing of our 7.00% Notes.

37

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as well as related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our policies and estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to income taxes, purchase price allocation, asset retirement obligations, stock-based compensation, impairment of assets and revenue recognition, which we discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We have reviewed our policies and estimates to determine our critical accounting policies for the three months ended September 30, 2007. Of the critical accounting policies described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, we no longer consider the purchase price allocation as a critical accounting policy or estimate, as the SpectraSite purchase price allocation was finalized in June 2006. As discussed below, we adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of SFAS No. 109” (“FIN 48”) as of January 1, 2007, which requires significant judgment in determining what constitutes an individual tax position as well as assessing the outcome of each tax position. Changes in judgment as to recognition or measurement of tax positions can materially affect the estimate of the effective tax rate and consequently, affect our operating results. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. Accordingly, we have added additional considerations related to FIN 48 and our state deferred tax valuation allowances to our critical accounting policy related to income taxes, as noted in the following paragraphs. Except for the deletion of the purchase price allocation, adoption of FIN 48 and changes in our deferred state tax valuation allowances during the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we have not made any changes to the policies in place at December 31, 2006.

Income Taxes.    FIN 48 prescribes a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on derecognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, accounting for income taxes in interim periods and income tax disclosures. The cumulative effect of applying this interpretation was recorded as an increase of $25.8 million to accumulated deficit, an increase of $9.2 million to prepaid and other current assets and an increase of $17.1 million to long-term deferred tax assets, with a corresponding increase in other long-term liabilities of $52.1 million in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2007.

SFAS No. 109 “Accounting For Income Taxes,” requires that companies record a valuation allowance when it is “more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.” We periodically review our deferred tax assets, and we record a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax asset to the amount that management believes is more likely than not to be realized. In the quarter ended September 30, 2007, we completed an analysis of the valuation allowances on our state deferred tax assets. We undertook this analysis as a result of several factors, including the fact that we had experienced several successive quarters of net income, we had restructured certain of our legal entities (primarily related to our securitization transaction), and we had completed a number of capital raising and debt refinancing transactions during the nine months ended September 30, 2007. We had previously recorded a full valuation allowance on our net state deferred tax assets as we considered that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets would not be realized. However, upon completion of our analysis during the quarter ended September 30, 2007, we concluded that it was more likely than not that a portion of these net state deferred tax assets would be realized. As a result, we

38

recognized approximately $41.7 million of additional state deferred tax assets (net of a federal tax provision), which were recorded as an income tax benefit and a corresponding increase in long-term deferred income taxes in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended September 30, 2007. We will continue to assess the realization of our deferred tax assets and liabilities on an ongoing basis.

In addition, prior to September 30, 2007, we had not recorded certain tax benefits related to net operating losses generated from the operations of Verestar and used by us because our ability to realize such benefits was potentially impacted by the bankruptcy proceedings and related litigation that had yet to be resolved. In November 2007, in connection with the approval of the settlement agreement by the Bankruptcy Court and the dismissal of the litigation, we determined that the benefits from Verestar’s aforementioned net operating losses would more likely than not be recoverable by us. Accordingly, we expect to record additional tax benefits related to Verestar in the fourth quarter of 2007.

Depending on the final approved bankruptcy plan of liquidation or reorganization for Verestar, we may also be entitled to a worthless stock or bad debt deduction for our investment in Verestar. Prior to commencement of the bankruptcy proceedings, we had advanced over $522.0 million to fund Verestar’s operations. We will record any income tax benefit for these potential deductions when the plan of liquidation or reorganization is finalized and approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

Estimated Useful Lives of Assets.    As described in note 1 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included herein, we are in the process of reviewing the remaining estimated useful lives of our tower assets. We now have over ten years of operating history, and we are considering whether we should modify our current estimates for asset lives based on our historical operating experience. We have retained an independent consultant to assist us in completing this review and analysis, and we expect to receive a report from the consultant in the fourth quarter of 2007. We currently depreciate towers on leased land on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the underlying ground lease (including renewal options) or the estimated useful life of the tower, which we have historically estimated to be 15 years. Additionally, certain of our intangible assets are amortized on a similar basis as our tower assets, as the estimated useful lives of such intangibles correlate to the useful life of the towers. If we conclude a revision in the estimated useful lives of our tower assets is appropriate based on the completion of the report and our review and analysis, we will account for any changes in the useful lives as a change in accounting estimate under SFAS No. 154 “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections,” which will be recorded prospectively beginning in the period of change. Based on preliminary information obtained to date, we expect that our estimated asset lives may be extended which would result in prospective decreases in depreciation and amortization, and such changes could be material to future depreciation and amortization and our consolidated results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”). This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 will be effective for us as of January 1, 2008. We are in the process of evaluating the impact that SFAS No. 157 will have on our results of operations and financial position.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”). This statement provides companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value and establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 159 will be effective for us as of January 1, 2008. We are in the process of evaluating the impact that SFAS No. 159 will have on our results of operations and financial position.

39

Information Presented Pursuant to the Indentures of our 7.50% Notes and 7.125% Notes

The following table sets forth information that is presented solely to address certain tower cash flow reporting requirements contained in the indentures for our 7.50% senior notes due 2012 (“7.50% Notes”) and 7.125% senior notes due 2012 (“7.125% Notes”) (collectively, the “Notes”).

The indentures governing the Notes contain restrictive covenants with which we and certain subsidiaries must comply. These include restrictions on our ability to incur additional debt, guarantee debt, pay dividends and make other distributions and make certain investments. Any failure to comply with these covenants would constitute a default, which could result in the acceleration of the principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest on all the outstanding Notes. In order for the holders of the Notes to assess our compliance with certain of these covenants, the indentures require us to disclose in the periodic reports we file with the SEC our Tower Cash Flow, Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow and Non-Tower Cash Flow (each as defined in the indentures). Under the indentures, our ability to make certain types of restricted payments is limited by the amount of Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow that we generate, which is determined based on our Tower Cash Flow and Non-Tower Cash Flow. In addition, the indentures for the Notes restrict us from incurring additional debt or issuing certain types of preferred stock if on a pro forma basis the issuance of such debt and preferred stock would cause our consolidated debt to be greater than 7.5 times our Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow. As of September 30, 2007, the ratio of our consolidated debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow was approximately 3.4. For more information about the restrictions under our notes indentures, see note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Factors Affecting Sources of Liquidity.”

Tower Cash Flow, Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow and Non-Tower Cash Flow are considered non-GAAP financial measures. We are required to provide these financial metrics by the indentures for the Notes, and we have included them below because we consider the indentures for the Notes to be material agreements, the covenants related to Tower Cash Flow, Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow and Non-Tower Cash Flow to be material terms of the indentures, and information about compliance with such covenants to be material to an investor’s understanding of our financial results and the impact of those results on our liquidity.

The following table presents Tower Cash Flow, Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow and Non-Tower Cash Flow for the Company and its restricted subsidiaries, as defined in the indentures for the applicable notes (in thousands):

Tower Cash Flow, for the three months ended September 30, 2007	$	170,249
Consolidated Cash Flow, for the twelve months ended September 30, 2007	$	649,438
Less: Tower Cash Flow, for the twelve months ended September 30, 2007		(662,787	)
Plus: four times Tower Cash Flow, for the three months ended September 30, 2007		680,996
Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow, for the twelve months ended September 30, 2007	$	667,647
Non-tower Cash Flow, for the twelve months ended September 30, 2007	$	(46,122	)

40

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on long-term debt obligations. We attempt to reduce these risks by utilizing derivative financial instruments, namely interest rate swaps and caps. During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, all derivative financial instruments were used for purposes other than trading, and as of September 30, 2007, all swaps and caps had been terminated. During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we repurchased or converted $590.3 million face amount of notes for $545.3 million in cash, including the conversion of $73.0 million principal amount of 3.25% Notes and the repurchase of $192.5 million principal amount of 5.0% Notes and $324.8 million principal amount of ATI 7.25% Notes. We also repaid and terminated the SpectraSite credit facilities and the AMT OpCo credit facilities in May 2007 and June 2007, respectively. In June 2007, we refinanced our existing $1.6 billion senior secured credit facilities at the AMT OpCo level with the new $1.25 billion Revolving Credit Facility. In August 2007, we entered into a new $500.0 million Term Loan. As of September 30, 2007, $550.0 million was outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility and $500.0 million was outstanding under the Term Loan. We repaid and terminated the Term Loan in October 2007.

The following table provides information as of September 30, 2007 about our market risk exposure associated with changing interest rates. For long-term debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows by maturity date and average interest rates related to outstanding obligations.

Twelve month period ended September 30, 2007

Principal Payments and Interest Rate Detail by Contractual Maturity Dates

(In thousands, except percentages)

Long-Term Debt	2008			2009			2010			2011			2012			Thereafter			Total		Fair Value
Fixed Rate Debt(a)	$	1,770		$	1,226		$	60,492		$	48,391		$	225,306		$	2,637,633		$	2,974,818	$	3,416,954
Average Interest Rate(a)		8.61	%		8.09	%		5.03	%		4.09	%		7.50	%		5.61	%
Variable Rate Debt(a)													$	1,050,000					$	1,050,000	$	1,043,500
Average Interest Rate(a)

(a) As of September 30, 2007, variable rate debt consists of our Revolving Credit Facility ($550.0 million drawn) included above based on the June 8, 2012 maturity date and our Term Loan ($500.0 million) included above based on the August 30, 2012 maturity date. As of September 30, 2007, fixed rate debt consists of: the Certificates ($1.75 billion); 2.25% convertible notes due 2009 ($0.1 million); the 7.125% Notes ($500.0 million principal amount due at maturity; the balance as of September 30, 2007 is $502.5 million); the 5.0% Notes ($59.7 million); the 3.25% Notes ($34.8 million); the 7.50% Notes ($225.0 million); the ATI 7.25% Notes ($0.3 million); the 3.00% convertible notes due August 15, 2012 ($345.0 million principal amount due at maturity; the balance as of September 30, 2007 is $344.5 million accreted value) and other debt of $60.0 million. Interest on our credit facilities is payable in accordance with the applicable London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) agreement or quarterly and accrues at our option either at LIBOR plus margin (as defined) or the base rate plus margin (as defined). The weighted average interest rate in effect at September 30, 2007 for our credit facilities was 6.26%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, the weighted average interest rate under our credit facilities was 6.22%

Changes in interest rates can cause interest charges to fluctuate on our variable rate debt, which, as of September 30, 2007, was comprised of $550.0 million under our Revolving Credit Facility and $500.0 under our Term Loan. A 10% increase, or approximately 63 basis points, in current interest rates would have caused an additional pre-tax charge to our net income and an increase in our cash outflows of $4.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.

We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates in connection with our foreign operations, including our rental and management segment divisions in Mexico and Brazil. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, the remeasurement gain from these operations approximated $0.4 and $1.3 million, respectively, and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, approximated $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

41

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We have established disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to us, including our consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the officers who certify our financial reports and to other members of senior management and the Board of Directors.

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective and designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the requisite time periods.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended September 30, 2007 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

42

PART II.    OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are subject to a securities class action and shareholder derivative lawsuits relating to our stock option granting practices and related accounting, as further described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006. In May 2007, we and individual defendants filed a motion to dismiss the securities class action filed in May 2006 against the Company and certain current and former officers and directors in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts. In July 2007, the plaintiff filed a brief opposing that motion, and we and individual defendants responded by filing a reply brief. In addition, in July 2007, we moved to dismiss the separate consolidated shareholder derivative lawsuits filed in 2006 against the Company and certain current and former officers and directors in Suffolk County Superior Court in Massachusetts and in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts. We moved to dismiss the federal and state derivative actions based on the plaintiffs’ failure to make demand of our Board of Directors prior to filing these actions. In addition, we moved to dismiss or stay the derivative lawsuits based on conclusions reached by the special litigation committee of our Board of Directors with respect to the claims asserted in the shareholder derivative lawsuits. The special litigation committee, comprised of independent directors, was formed in May 2006 to conduct, with the assistance of independent outside counsel, a review of our historical stock option granting practices and to determine whether pursuing the derivative claims asserted in those lawsuits is, after considering all relevant factors, in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. The special litigation committee concluded that in order to avoid duplicative litigation, among other relevant factors, the consolidated federal derivative actions should be dismissed. The special litigation committee also concluded that all claims against our current officers and directors should be dismissed as being without merit, and that, with respect to the claims against our former directors and officers, either such claims should be dismissed as being without merit or, in certain cases, that there was some evidence to indicate that state law claims may be pursuable, but as a result of our remediation plan, among other factors, the extent of the likely recoverable damages was relatively modest. In October 2007, the state court dismissed the state derivative action, without leave to amend, due to the plaintiffs’ failure to make a demand upon our Board of Directors. There is no assurance that the federal court will reach the same conclusions and dismiss the federal derivative action or that it will accept the determinations made by the special litigation committee.

As previously reported, our wholly owned subsidiary, Verestar, Inc. (“Verestar”), filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the federal bankruptcy laws in December 2003 in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (“Bankruptcy Court”). In June 2004, the Bankruptcy Court approved a stipulation between Verestar and the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed in the bankruptcy proceeding (the “Committee”) that permitted the Committee to file claims against us and/or our affiliates on behalf of Verestar. In connection therewith, in July 2005, the Committee filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against us and certain of our and Verestar’s current and former officers, directors and advisors, and also filed a complaint in the Bankruptcy Court against us. In September 2006, the Bankruptcy Court approved the parties’ decision to mediate the Verestar bankruptcy proceedings and related litigation and stayed all aspects of the case pending the completion of mediation. In July 2007, we participated in mediation with the Committee, and the parties reached agreement on terms for a proposed settlement. In October 2007, we finalized a settlement agreement with the Committee, pursuant to which we agreed to pay $32.0 million and the parties agreed to a mutual release of all claims existing prior to the execution of the settlement agreement. The release of claims applies to all of the defendants, including us, as well as our and Verestar’s current and former officers, directors and advisors named in the litigation. In November 2007, following approval by the Bankruptcy Court, the settlement agreement became effective, and the litigation was dismissed. We expect to pay the $32.0 million settlement amount in November 2007.

In August 2007, we received a request for information from the Department of Labor with respect to our retirement savings plan, including documents related to our stock option grants and our historic stock option administrative practices, in particular materials related to certain stock options granted between 2005 and 2007.

43

We periodically become involved in various claims and lawsuits that are incidental to our business. In our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, we reported our material legal proceedings. Since the filing of our Annual Report, other than the litigation discussed above, there have been no material developments with respect to any material legal proceedings to which we are a party. In the opinion of management, after consultation with counsel, other than the litigation related to our stock option granting practices discussed above and in note 7 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included herein, there are no matters currently pending that would, in the event of an adverse outcome, have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS

Decrease in demand for tower space would materially and adversely affect our operating results and we cannot control that demand.

Many of the factors affecting the demand for wireless communications tower space, and to a lesser extent our network development services business, could adversely affect our operating results. Those factors include:

• a decrease in consumer demand for wireless services due to general economic conditions or other factors;

• the financial condition of wireless service providers;

• the ability and willingness of wireless service providers to maintain or increase capital expenditures;

• the growth rate of wireless communications or of a particular wireless segment;

• governmental licensing of spectrum;

• mergers or consolidations among wireless service providers;

• increased use of network sharing, roaming or resale arrangements by wireless service providers;

• delays or changes in the deployment of 3G or other technologies;

• zoning, environmental, health and other government regulations; and

• technological changes.

The demand for broadcast antenna space is dependent on the needs of television and radio broadcasters. Among other things, technological advances, including the development of satellite-delivered radio and video services, may reduce the need for tower-based broadcast transmission. In addition, our broadcast tower division could be affected adversely as a result of the transition from analog-based transmissions to digital-based transmissions, which is scheduled to be completed by February 2009.

If our wireless service provider customers consolidate or merge with each other to a significant degree, our growth, revenue and ability to generate positive cash flows could be adversely affected.

Significant consolidation among our wireless service provider customers may result in reduced capital expenditures in the aggregate because the existing networks of many wireless carriers overlap, as do their expansion plans. For example, as a result of the mergers between Cingular Wireless and AT&T Wireless and between Sprint PCS and Nextel, AT&T (formerly Cingular Wireless) has rationalized a portion of its combined network, and Sprint Nextel is exploring ways to reduce costs associated with the operation of its technologically separate, wireless networks in the United States. In addition, in the first half of 2007, Iusacell Celular and Unefon completed their merger, pursuant to which they will combine their wireless networks in Mexico. Certain parts of their merged networks may be deemed to be duplicative and these customers may attempt to eliminate these duplications. Our future results may be negatively impacted if a significant number of these contracts are terminated, and our ongoing contractual revenues would be reduced as a result. Similar consequences might occur if wireless service providers engage in extensive sharing, roaming or resale arrangements as an alternative to leasing our antenna space.

44

Substantial leverage and debt service obligations may adversely affect us.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of September 30, 2007, we had approximately $4.0 billion of consolidated debt. Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay when due the principal of, interest on, or other amounts due with respect to our indebtedness. We are also permitted, subject to certain restrictions under our existing indebtedness, to obtain additional long-term debt and working capital lines of credit to meet future financing needs. This would have the effect of increasing our total leverage.

Our substantial leverage could have significant negative consequences on our financial condition and results of operations, including:

• impairing our ability to meet one or more of the financial ratio covenants contained in our debt agreements or to generate cash sufficient to pay interest or principal, which events could result in an acceleration of some or all of our outstanding debt and the loss of towers subject to the Securitization in the event that an uncured default occurs;

• increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

• limiting our ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing;

• requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our debt, thereby reducing the amount of our cash flow available for other purposes, including capital expenditures;

• requiring us to sell debt or equity securities or to sell some of our core assets, possibly on unfavorable terms, to meet payment obligations;

• limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we compete;

• limiting our ability to repurchase our Class A common stock; and

• placing us at a possible competitive disadvantage with less leveraged competitors and competitors that may have better access to capital resources.

Restrictive covenants in our Revolving Credit Facility, the indentures governing our debt securities, and the loan agreement relating to our Securitization could adversely affect our business by limiting flexibility.

Our Revolving Credit Facility and the indentures governing the terms of our debt securities contain restrictive covenants. Our Revolving Credit Facility also contains requirements to comply with certain leverage and other financial covenants, which are described in note 3 to our condensed consolidated financial statements herein. These covenants and requirements limit our ability to take various actions, including incurring additional debt, guaranteeing indebtedness and engaging in various types of transactions, including mergers, acquisitions and sales of assets. These covenants could place us at a disadvantage compared to some of our competitors, who may have fewer restrictive covenants and may not be required to operate under these restrictions. Further, these covenants could have an adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, new tower development, mergers and acquisitions or other opportunities.

In addition, the loan agreement relating to our Securitization includes operating covenants and other restrictions customary for loans subject to rated securitizations as further described in note 3 to our condensed consolidated financial statements herein. Among other things, the borrowers are prohibited from incurring other indebtedness for borrowed money or further encumbering their assets. A failure to comply with the covenants in the loan agreement could prevent the borrowers from taking certain actions with respect to the towers subject to the Securitization, and could prevent the borrowers from distributing any excess cash from the operation of such towers to us. If the borrowers were to default on the loan, the servicer on the loan could seek to foreclose upon or otherwise convert the ownership of the towers subject to the Securitization, in which case we could lose such towers and the revenue associated with such towers.

45

We could suffer adverse tax and other financial consequences if taxing authorities do not agree with our tax positions, or we are unable to utilize our net operating losses.

As a result of our ability to carry forward U.S. federal and state net operating losses (“NOL’s”), the applicable tax years remain open to examination until three years after the applicable loss carry forwards have been used or expired. We are currently subject to a number of tax examinations by taxing authorities in the U.S, Mexico and Brazil for several different tax years. We also have significant deferred tax assets related to these NOL’s in U.S. federal and state taxing jurisdictions and in Mexico. We expect that we will continue to be subject to tax examinations in the future. At December 31, 2006, we had federal and state NOL’s available to reduce future taxable income of approximately $2.1 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively. These NOL’s include significant portions acquired through acquisitions as well as generated through our historic business operations. In addition, we have disposed of some entities and restructured other entities in conjunction with financing transactions and other business activities. We apply the principles contained in FASB Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48) and recognize tax benefits of uncertain tax positions when we believe the positions are more likely than not of being sustained upon a challenge by the relevant tax authority. We believe our judgments in this area are reasonable and correct, but there is no guarantee that we will be successful if challenged by a tax authority. If there are tax benefits that we have recognized under FIN 48 that are challenged successfully by a taxing authority, we may be required to pay additional taxes or we may seek to enter into settlements with the taxing authorities, which could require significant payments or otherwise have a material adverse affect on our results of operations or financial condition.

In addition, we may be limited in our ability to utilize our NOL’s to offset future taxable income and thereby reduce our income taxes otherwise payable. Our ability is dependent upon us having sufficient future earnings to utilize our NOL’s before they expire. We have established a valuation allowance against the future tax benefit for a portion of our NOL’s, and we could be required to record an additional valuation allowance against our foreign or U.S federal and state deferred tax assets if market conditions change materially and we determine that we will be unable to generate sufficient taxable income in the future to utilize our NOL’s. Our NOL’s are also subject to review and potential disallowance upon audit by the taxing authorities of the jurisdictions where the NOL’s were incurred, and future changes in tax laws or interpretations of such tax laws could limit materially our ability to utilize our NOL’s. If we are unable to use our NOL’s or use of our NOL’s is limited, we may have to make significant payments or otherwise record charges or reduce our deferred tax assets, which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Due to the long-term expectations of revenue from tenant leases, the tower industry is sensitive to the creditworthiness of its tenants.

Due to the long-term nature of our tenant leases, we, like others in the tower industry, are dependent on the continued financial strength of our tenants. Many wireless service providers operate with substantial leverage. In the past, we have had customers that have filed for bankruptcy, although to date these bankruptcies have not had a material adverse effect on our business or revenues. If one or more of our significant customers experience financial difficulties, it could result in uncollectible accounts receivable and our loss of significant customers and anticipated lease revenues.

Our foreign operations are subject to economic, political and other risks that could adversely affect our revenues or financial position.

Our business operations in Mexico and Brazil, and any other possible foreign operations in the future, could result in adverse financial consequences and operational problems not experienced in the United States. For the year ended December 31, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007, approximately 13% of our consolidated revenues in each period were generated by our international operations. We anticipate that our revenues from our international operations may grow in the future. Accordingly, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally, including:

• changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;

46

• laws and regulations that restrict repatriation of earnings or other funds;

• expropriation and governmental regulation restricting foreign ownership;

• difficulty in recruiting trained personnel; and

• language and cultural differences.

In addition, we face risks associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. While most of the contracts for our operations in Mexico are denominated in the U.S. dollar, some are denominated in the Mexican Peso, and our contracts for our operations in Brazil are denominated in the Brazilian Real. We have not historically engaged in significant hedging activities relating to our non-U.S. dollar operations, and we may suffer future losses as a result of adverse changes in currency exchange rates.

A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from a small number of customers.

A substantial portion of our total operating revenues is derived from a small number of customers. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007:

• Five customers accounted for approximately 64% of our revenues;

• AT&T (formerly Cingular Wireless) accounted for approximately 20% of our revenues;

• Sprint Nextel (including Sprint Nextel partners and affiliates) accounted for approximately 20% of our revenues; and

• Verizon Wireless accounted for approximately 11% of our revenues.

Our largest international customer is Iusacell Celular, which completed its merger with Unefon, our second largest customer in Mexico, during the first half of 2007. Iusacell and Unefon are under common control with TV Azteca. The combined Iusacell/Unefon accounted for approximately 5% of our total revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we received $14.2 million and $10.7 million, respectively, in net interest income from TV Azteca.

If any of these customers was unwilling or unable to perform its obligations under our agreements with them, our revenues, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected. In the ordinary course of our business, we also sometimes experience disputes with our customers, generally regarding the interpretation of terms in our agreements. Although historically we have resolved these disputes in a manner that did not have a material adverse effect on our company or our customer relationships, in the future these disputes could lead to a termination of our agreements with customers or a material modification of the terms of those agreements, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If we are forced to resolve any of these disputes through litigation, our relationship with the applicable customer could be terminated or damaged, which could lead to decreased revenues or increased costs, resulting in a corresponding adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

New technologies could make our tower leasing business less desirable to potential tenants and result in decreasing revenues.

The development and implementation of new technologies designed to enhance the efficiency of wireless networks could reduce the use and need for tower-based wireless services transmission and reception and have the effect of decreasing demand for tower space. Examples of such technologies include technologies that enhance spectral capacity, such as lower-rate vocoders, which can increase the capacity at existing sites and reduce the number of additional sites a given carrier needs to serve any given subscriber base. In addition, the emergence of new technologies could reduce the need for tower-based broadcast services transmission and reception. For example, the growth in delivery of radio and video services by direct broadcast satellites could adversely affect demand for our antenna space. The development and implementation of any of these and similar technologies to any significant degree could have an adverse effect on our operations.

47

We could have liability under environmental laws.

Our operations, like those of other companies engaged in similar businesses, are subject to the requirements of various federal, state and local and foreign environmental and occupational safety and health laws and regulations, including those relating to the management, use, storage, disposal, emission and remediation of, and exposure to, hazardous and non-hazardous substances, materials and wastes. As owner, lessee or operator of many thousands of real estate sites underlying our towers, we may be liable for substantial costs of remediating soil and groundwater contaminated by hazardous materials, without regard to whether we, as the owner, lessee or operator, knew of or were responsible for the contamination. Many of these laws and regulations contain information reporting and record keeping requirements. We cannot assure you that we are at all times in complete compliance with all environmental requirements. We may be subject to potentially significant fines or penalties if we fail to comply with any of these requirements. The current cost of complying with these laws (including amounts we expect to pay the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) pursuant to the Facilities Audit Agreement as described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006) is not material to our financial condition or results of operations. However, the requirements of these laws and regulations are complex, change frequently, and could become more stringent in the future. It is possible that these requirements will change or that liabilities will arise in the future in a manner that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is subject to government regulations and changes in current or future laws or regulations could restrict our ability to operate our business as we currently do.

We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign regulation of our business, including regulation by the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”), the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”), the EPA and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”). Both the FCC and the FAA regulate towers used for wireless communications and radio and television antennas and the FCC separately regulates transmitting devices operating on towers. Similar regulations exist in Mexico, Brazil and other foreign countries regarding wireless communications and the operation of communications towers. Local zoning authorities and community organizations are often opposed to construction in their communities and these regulations can delay, prevent or increase the cost of new tower construction, modifications, additions of new antennas to a site, or site upgrades, thereby limiting our ability to respond to customer demands and requirements. Existing regulatory policies may adversely affect the associated timing or cost of such projects and additional regulations may be adopted which increase delays or result in additional costs to us, or that prevent such projects in certain locations. These factors could adversely affect our operations.

Increasing competition in the tower industry may create pricing pressures that may adversely affect us.

Our industry is highly competitive, and our customers have numerous alternatives for leasing antenna space. Some of our competitors, such as national wireless carriers that allow collocation on their towers, are larger and have greater financial resources than we do, while other competitors are in a weaker financial condition or may have a lower return on investment criteria than we do.

Our competition includes:

• national and regional tower companies;

• wireless carriers that own towers and lease antenna space to other carriers;

• site development companies that purchase antenna space on existing towers for wireless carriers and manage new tower construction; and

• alternative site structures (e.g., building rooftops, billboards and utility poles).

48

Competitive pricing pressures for tenants on towers from these competitors could adversely affect our lease rates and services income. In addition, we may not be able to renew existing customer leases or enter into new customer leases, resulting in a material adverse impact on our results of operations and growth rate. Increasing competition could also make the acquisition of high quality tower assets more costly.

If we are unable to protect our rights to the land under our towers, it could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our real property interests relating to our towers consist primarily of leasehold and sub-leasehold interests, fee interests, easements, licenses and rights-of-way. A loss of these interests may interfere with our ability to operate our towers and generate revenues. For various reasons, we may not always have the ability to access, analyze and verify all information regarding titles and other issues prior to completing an acquisition of communications sites. Further, we may not be able to renew ground leases on commercially viable terms. Approximately 84% of the communications sites in our portfolio as of September 30, 2007 are located on leased land. Approximately 87% of the land leases for these sites have a final expiration date of 2016 and beyond. Our inability to protect our rights to the land under our towers may have a material adverse affect on us.

If we are unable or choose not to exercise our rights to purchase towers that are subject to lease and sublease agreements at the end of the applicable period, our cash flows derived from such towers would be eliminated.

Our communications site portfolio includes towers that we operate pursuant to lease and sublease agreements that include a purchase option at the end of each lease period. If we are unable or choose not to exercise our rights to purchase towers under these agreements at the end of the applicable period, our cash flows derived from such towers would be eliminated. For example, our SpectraSite subsidiary has entered into lease or sublease agreements with affiliates of SBC Communications, a predecessor entity to AT&T Inc. (“AT&T”), with respect to approximately 2,500 towers pursuant to which SpectraSite has the option to purchase the sites upon the expiration of the lease or sublease beginning in 2013. The aggregate purchase option price for the AT&T towers was approximately $333.1 million as of September 30, 2007, and will accrete at a rate of 10% per year to the applicable expiration of the lease or sublease of a site. In addition, we have entered into a similar agreement with ALLTEL Communications, Inc. (“ALLTEL”) with respect to approximately 1,800 towers, for which we have an option to purchase the sites upon the expiration of the lease or sublease beginning in 2016. The aggregate purchase option price for the ALLTEL towers was approximately $59.2 million as of September 30, 2007, and will accrete at a rate of 3% per annum through the expiration of the lease or sublease period. We may not have the required available capital to exercise our right to purchase these or other leased or subleased towers at the end of the applicable period. Even if we do have available capital, we may choose not to exercise our right to purchase such towers for business or other reasons. In the event that we do not exercise these purchase rights, or are otherwise unable to acquire an interest that would allow us to continue to operate these towers after the applicable period, we will lose the cash flows derived from such towers, which may have a material adverse effect on our business. In the event that we decide to exercise these purchase rights, the benefits of the acquisitions of such towers may not exceed the associated acquisition, compliance and integration costs, and our financial results could be adversely affected.

Our towers may be affected by natural disasters and other unforeseen damage for which our insurance may not provide adequate coverage.

Our towers are subject to risks associated with natural disasters, such as ice and wind storms, tornadoes, floods, hurricanes and earthquakes, as well as other unforeseen damage. Any damage or destruction to our towers as a result of these or other risks would impact our ability to provide services to our customers and could impact our results of operation and financial condition. For example, as a result of the severe hurricane activity in 2005, approximately 25 of our broadcast and wireless communications sites in the southeastern United States and Mexico suffered material damage and many more suffered lesser damage. While we maintain insurance, including business interruption insurance, for our towers against these risks, we may not have adequate insurance

49

to cover the associated costs of repair or reconstruction. Further, such business interruption insurance may not adequately cover all of our lost revenues, including potential revenues from new tenants that could have been added to our towers but for the damage. If we are unable to provide services to our customers as a result of damages to our towers, it could lead to customer loss, resulting in a corresponding adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our costs could increase and our revenues could decrease due to perceived health risks from radio emissions, especially if these perceived risks are substantiated.

Public perception of possible health risks associated with cellular and other wireless communications media could slow the growth of wireless companies, which could in turn slow our growth. In particular, negative public perception of, and regulations regarding, these perceived health risks could slow the market acceptance of wireless communications services and increase opposition to the development and expansion of tower sites. The potential connection between radio frequency emissions and certain negative health effects has been the subject of substantial study by the scientific community in recent years, and numerous health-related lawsuits have been filed against wireless carriers and wireless device manufacturers. If a scientific study or court decision resulted in a finding that radio frequency emissions posed health risks to consumers, it could negatively impact the market for wireless services, as well as our wireless carrier customers, which would adversely affect our operations, costs and revenues. We do not maintain any significant insurance with respect to these matters.

Our stock option granting practices are subject to ongoing governmental proceedings, which could result in fines, penalties or other liability.

In May 2006, we announced that our Board of Directors had established a special committee of independent directors to conduct a review of our stock option granting practices and related accounting. Subsequent to the formation of the special committee, we received an informal letter of inquiry from the SEC, a subpoena from the office of the United States Attorney for the Eastern District of New York and information requests from the IRS and the Department of Labor, each requesting documents and information related to our stock option grants and practices. We are cooperating with these governmental authorities to provide the requested documents and information. These governmental proceedings are ongoing, and the time period necessary to resolve these proceedings is uncertain and could require significant additional management and financial resources. Significant legal and accounting expenses related to these matters have been incurred to date, and we will continue to incur expenses in the future. Depending on the outcomes of these proceedings, we could be subject to regulatory fines, penalties or other liability, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations and liquidity. In addition, as a result of the special committee’s findings, we restated our historical financial statements to, among other things, record changes for stock-based compensation expense (and related tax effects) relating to certain past stock option grants.

Pending civil litigation relating to our stock option granting practices exposes us to risks and uncertainties.

We and certain current and former directors and officers are defendants in a purported federal securities class action and a federal shareholder derivative action relating to our stock option granting practices and related accounting. These actions are in preliminary stages and we cannot predict their outcomes with certainty. If these actions are successful, however, they could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity. These matters and any other related lawsuits could also result in substantial costs to us and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. For more information regarding the litigation related to our stock option granting practices, please see “Legal Proceedings” above and note 7 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included herein.

50

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS.

During the three months ended September 30, 2007, we issued an aggregate of 83,864 shares of our Class A common stock upon the exercise of 13,037 warrants assumed in our merger with SpectraSite, Inc. In August 2005, in connection with our merger with SpectraSite, Inc., we assumed approximately 1.0 million warrants to purchase shares of SpectraSite, Inc. common stock. Upon completion of the merger, each warrant to purchase shares of SpectraSite, Inc. common stock automatically converted into a warrant to purchase 7.15 shares of our Class A common stock at an exercise price of $32 per warrant. Net proceeds from these warrant exercises were approximately $33,185. The shares were issued to warrantholders in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in Sections 3(a)(9) and 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 1145 of the United States Code. No underwriters were engaged in connection with such issuances.

During the three months ended September 30, 2007, we issued an aggregate of 877 shares of our Class A common stock upon conversion of $18,000 principal amount of our 3.00% convertible notes due August 15, 2012 (“3.00% Notes”). Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, holders of the 3.00% Notes receive 48.7805 shares of our Class A common stock for every $1,000 principal amount of notes converted. As of September 30, 2007, we had issued an aggregate of 973 shares of our Class A common stock upon conversion of $20,000 principal amount of our 3.00% Notes. All shares were issued to the noteholders in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No underwriters were engaged in connection with such issuances.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

During the three months ended September 30, 2007, we repurchased 8,166,050 shares of our Class A common stock for an aggregate of $339.4 million pursuant to our publicly announced stock repurchase program, as follows:

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased(1)	Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
					(In millions)
July 2007	3,201,900	$	43.25	3,201,900	$	802.1
August 2007	2,544,050	$	39.89	2,544,050	$	700.5
September 2007	2,420,100	$	41.00	2,420,100	$	601.3
Total Third Quarter	8,166,050	$	41.54	8,166,050	$	601.3

(1) Issuer repurchases pursuant to the $1.5 billion stock repurchase program publicly announced in February 2007. Under this program, our management is authorized through February 2008 to purchase shares from time to time in open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions at prevailing prices as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements, and subject to market conditions and other factors. To facilitate repurchases, we plan to make purchases pursuant to a trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, which allows us to repurchase shares during periods when we otherwise might be prevented from doing so under insider trading laws or because of self-imposed trading blackout periods. This program may be discontinued at any time.

Since September 30, 2007, we have continued to repurchase shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to our $1.5 billion stock repurchase program. Between October 1, 2007 and October 25, 2007, we repurchased 2.9 million shares of our Class A common stock for an aggregate of $124.7 million pursuant to this program.

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS.

See the Exhibit Index on Page EX-1 of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

51

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION
Date: November 8, 2007	By:	/S/    BRADLEY E. SINGER
		Bradley E. Singer Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

52

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.	Description
10.1	Loan Agreement dated as of August 30, 2007 by and between American Tower Corporation, as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and the several lenders that are parties thereto.
10.2	Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2007 by and between American Tower Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, for the 7.00% Senior Notes due 2017, including the form of 7.00% Senior Note.
10.3	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007, by and among American Tower Corporation and the Initial Purchasers named therein with respect to the 7.00% Senior Notes due 2017.
31.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32	Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

EX-1

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

LOAN AGREEMENT

AMONG

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION,

AS BORROWER;

TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC,

AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FOR THE LENDERS;

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS WHOSE NAMES APPEAR

AS LENDERS ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF;

AND WITH

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

AS SYNDICATION AGENT;

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC,

CALYON NEW YORK BRANCH

AND

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON,

AS CO-DOCUMENTATION AGENTS;

AND

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC. AND TD SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

AS CO-LEAD ARRANGERS AND JOINT BOOKRUNNERS

Dated as of August 30, 2007

Kilpatrick Stockton LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE 1 -	DEFINITIONS	1
Section 1.1	Definitions	1
Section 1.2	Interpretation	15
Section 1.3	Cross References	15
Section 1.4	Accounting Provisions	15
ARTICLE 2 -	LOANS	16
Section 2.1	The Loans	16
Section 2.2	Manner of Borrowing and Disbursement.	16
Section 2.3	Interest.	17
Section 2.4	Prepayments and Repayments.	18
Section 2.5	Notes; Loan Accounts.	19
Section 2.6	Manner of Payment.	19
Section 2.7	Reimbursement.	20
Section 2.8	Pro Rata Treatment.	21
Section 2.9	Capital Adequacy	21
Section 2.10	Lender Tax Forms.	22
Section 2.11	Commitment Fees	23
ARTICLE 3 -	CONDITIONS PRECEDENT	23
Section 3.1	Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness	23
Section 3.2	Conditions Precedent to Advance	24
ARTICLE 4 -	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES	25
Section 4.1	Representations and Warranties	25
Section 4.2	Survival of Representations and Warranties, Etc	28
ARTICLE 5 -	GENERAL COVENANTS	28
Section 5.1	Preservation of Existence and Similar Matters	28
Section 5.2	Compliance with Applicable Law	28
Section 5.3	Maintenance of Properties	28
Section 5.4	Accounting Methods and Financial Records	28
Section 5.5	Insurance	28
Section 5.6	Payment of Taxes and Claims	29
Section 5.7	Visits and Inspections	29
Section 5.8	Use of Proceeds	29
Section 5.9	Indemnity	29
ARTICLE 6 -	INFORMATION COVENANTS	30
Section 6.1	Quarterly Financial Statements and Information	30
Section 6.2	Annual Financial Statements and Information	30
Section 6.3	Performance Certificates	30

(i)

Table of Contents (continued)

		Page
Section 6.4	Copies of Other Reports.	31
Section 6.5	Notice of Litigation and Other Matters	31
ARTICLE 7 -	NEGATIVE COVENANTS	32
Section 7.1	Indebtedness; Guaranties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries	32
Section 7.2	Limitation on Liens	33
Section 7.3	Liquidation, Merger or Disposition of Assets.	34
Section 7.4	Restricted Payments	34
Section 7.5	Senior Secured Leverage Ratio	34
Section 7.6	Total Borrower Leverage Ratio	35
Section 7.7	Interest Coverage Ratio	35
Section 7.8	Affiliate Transactions	35
Section 7.9	Sales and Leasebacks	35
Section 7.10	Restrictive Agreements	35
ARTICLE 8 -	DEFAULT	36
Section 8.1	Events of Default	36
Section 8.2	Remedies.	39
Section 8.3	Payments Subsequent to Declaration of Event of Default	39
ARTICLE 9 -	THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT	40
Section 9.1	Appointment and Authorization	40
Section 9.2	Interest Holders	40
Section 9.3	Consultation with Counsel	40
Section 9.4	Documents	40
Section 9.5	Administrative Agent and Affiliates	40
Section 9.6	Responsibility of the Administrative Agent	40
Section 9.7	Action by the Administrative Agent.	41
Section 9.8	Notice of Default or Event of Default	41
Section 9.9	Responsibility Disclaimed	42
Section 9.10	Indemnification	42
Section 9.11	Credit Decision	43
Section 9.12	Successor Administrative Agent	43
Section 9.13	Delegation of Duties	43
Section 9.14	No Responsibilities of the Agents	44
ARTICLE 10 -	CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES AFFECTING LIBOR ADVANCES AND INCREASED COSTS	44
Section 10.1	LIBOR Basis Determination Inadequate or Unfair	44
Section 10.2	Illegality	44
Section 10.3	Increased Costs and Additional Amounts.	45
Section 10.4	Effect On Other Advances	46
Section 10.5	Claims for Increased Costs and Taxes; Replacement Lenders	47

(ii)

Table of Contents (continued)

		Page
ARTICLE 11 -	MISCELLANEOUS	47
Section 11.1	Notices.	47
Section 11.2	Expenses	49
Section 11.3	Waivers	49
Section 11.4	Assignment and Participation.	50
Section 11.5	Accounting Principles	53
Section 11.6	Counterparts	54
Section 11.7	Governing Law	54
Section 11.8	Severability	54
Section 11.9	Interest.	54
Section 11.10	Table of Contents and Headings	55
Section 11.11	Amendment and Waiver.	55
Section 11.12	Entire Agreement	56
Section 11.13	Other Relationships; No Fiduciary Relationships	56
Section 11.14	Directly or Indirectly	57
Section 11.15	Reliance on and Survival of Various Provisions	57
Section 11.16	Senior Debt	57
Section 11.17	Obligations	57
Section 11.18	Confidentiality	57
ARTICLE 12 -	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	58
Section 12.1	Waiver of Jury Trial	58

(iii)

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A	Form of Request for Advance
Exhibit B	Form of Note
Exhibit C	Form of Loan Certificate
Exhibit D	Form of Performance Certificate
Exhibit E	Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
Exhibit F	Form of Notice of Continuation or Conversion

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1	Commitment/Loan Percentage, Lender Names and Notice Addresses
Schedule 2	Subsidiaries on the Effective Date

(iv)

LOAN AGREEMENT

This Loan Agreement is made as of August 30, 2007, by and among AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION, as Borrower, TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC, as Administrative Agent, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Syndication Agent and the financial institutions whose names appear as lenders on the signature page hereof (together with any permitted successors and assigns of the foregoing).

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each of the parties hereto, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. For the purposes of this Agreement:

“Acquisition” shall mean (whether by purchase, lease, exchange, issuance of stock or other equity or debt securities, merger, reorganization or any other method) (i) any acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower, which Person shall then become consolidated with the Borrower or such Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP; (ii) any acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all or any substantial part of the assets of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower; (iii) any acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any business (or related contracts) primarily engaged in the tower, tower management or related businesses; or (iv) any acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any communications towers or communications tower sites.

“Adjusted EBITDA” shall mean, for the twelve (12) month period preceding the calculation date, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) Net Income, plus (b) to the extent deducted in determining Net Income, the sum of (i) Interest Expense, (ii) income tax expense, including, without limitation, taxes paid or accrued based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes, (iii) depreciation and amortization (including, without limitation, amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets), (iv) extraordinary losses (including, without limitation, any such losses associated with the proposed settlement in the Verestar, Inc. litigation (together with any charges and expenses associated therewith)) and non-recurring non-cash charges and expenses, (v) all other non-cash charges, expenses and interest (including, without limitation, any non-cash losses in respect of Hedge Agreements, non-cash impairment charges, non-cash valuation charges for stock option grants or vesting of restricted stock awards or any other non-cash compensation charges, and losses from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness) and (vi) non-recurring charges and expenses (including, without limitation, any such charges and expenses associated with the proposed settlement in the Verestar, Inc. litigation (together with any extraordinary losses associated therewith)), restructuring charges, transaction expenses (including, without limitation, transaction expenses incurred in connection with any merger or acquisition) and underwriters’ fees, and severance and retention payments in connection with any merger or acquisition, in each case for such period, less extraordinary gains and cash

payments (not otherwise deducted in determining Net Income) made during such period with respect to non-cash charges that were added back in a prior period; provided, however, (I) with respect to any Person that became a Subsidiary of the Borrower, or was merged with or consolidated into the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, during such period, or any acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the assets of any Person during such period, “Adjusted EBITDA” shall, at the option of the Borrower in respect of any or all of the foregoing, also include the Adjusted EBITDA of such Person or attributable to such assets, as applicable, during such period as if such acquisition, merger or consolidation had occurred on the first day of such period and (II) with respect to any Person that has ceased to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower during such period, or any material assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries sold or otherwise disposed of by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during such period, “Adjusted EBITDA” shall exclude the Adjusted EBITDA of such Person or attributable to such assets, as applicable, during such period as if such sale or disposition of such Subsidiary or such assets had occurred on the first day of such period.

“Administrative Agent” shall mean Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, in its capacity as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, or any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 9.12 hereof.

“Administrative Agent’s Office” shall mean the office of the Administrative Agent located at 77 King Street West, 18^th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5K IA2, or such other office as may be designated pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.1 hereof.

“Advance” shall mean the aggregate amounts advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Article 2 hereof on the Funding Date and having the same Interest Rate Basis and Interest Period and, after the Funding Date, shall also include Conversions or Continuations of an Advance having the same Interest Rate Basis and Interest Period; and “Advances” shall mean more than one Advance.

“Affected Lender” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.5 hereof.

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to a Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such first Person. For purposes of this definition, “control”, when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” shall mean this Loan Agreement, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified in writing from time to time.

“Applicable Debt Rating” shall mean (i) where the Debt Rating from any two of Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch is at the same level, such Debt Rating, and (ii) in the event that each of the Debt Ratings of Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch are at different levels, the middle Debt Rating (i.e., the highest and lowest Debt Ratings shall be disregarded).

“Applicable Law” shall mean, in respect of any Person, all provisions of constitutions, statutes, rules, regulations and orders of governmental bodies or regulatory agencies applicable to such Person, including, without limiting the foregoing, the Licenses, the Communications Act,

-2-

zoning ordinances and all environmental laws, and all orders, decisions, judgments and decrees of all courts and arbitrators in proceedings or actions to which the Person in question is a party or by which it is bound.

“Applicable Margin” shall mean the interest rate margin applicable to Base Rate Advances and LIBOR Advances, as the case may be, in each case determined in accordance with Section 2.3(f) hereof.

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a transaction of the type described in Section 7.9 hereof shall mean, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended). Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Authorized Signatory” shall mean such senior personnel of a Person as may be duly authorized and designated in writing by such Person to execute documents, agreements and instruments on behalf of such Person.

“Base Rate” shall mean, at any time, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the rate of interest quoted from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” or “base rate” or (b) the sum of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus (ii) one-half of one percent (1/2%). The Base Rate is not necessarily the lowest rate of interest charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with extensions of credit.

“Base Rate Advance” shall mean an Advance which the Borrower requests to be made as a Base Rate Advance or is Converted to a Base Rate Advance, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof, and which shall be in a principal amount of at least $1,000,000.00 and in an integral multiple of $500,000.00.

“Base Rate Basis” shall mean a simple interest rate equal to the sum of (i) the Base Rate and (ii) the Applicable Margin applicable to Base Rate Advances for the Loans. The Base Rate Basis shall be adjusted automatically as of the opening of business on the effective date of each change in the Base Rate to account for such change, and shall also be adjusted to reflect changes of the Applicable Margin applicable to Base Rate Advances.

“Borrower” shall mean American Tower Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

“Business Day” shall mean a day on which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for the transaction of business required for this Agreement in Toronto, Canada, New York, New York and London, England, as relevant to the determination to be made or the action to be taken.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” shall mean that portion of any obligation of a Person as lessee under a lease which at the time would be required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such lessee in accordance with GAAP.

-3-

“Change of Control” shall mean (a) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any Person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the voting stock of either the Borrower (if the Borrower is not a Subsidiary of any Person) or of the ultimate parent entity of which the Borrower is a Subsidiary (if the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Person), as the case may be, by way of merger or consolidation or otherwise, or (b) a “change of control” event shall occur under any of the indentures evidencing Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $25,000,000 which event entitles the holders of such Indebtedness to require the repurchase or repayment thereof.

“CMBS Facility” shall mean one or more secured loans that may be included in a commercial real estate securitization transaction.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Commitment/Loan Percentage” shall mean (i) prior to the Funding Date, the percentage in which a Lender is severally bound to fund its portion of Advances to the Borrower under the Commitments, as set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto (together with dollar amounts) and (ii) on and after the Funding Date, the percentage of Loans to the Borrower then held by a Lender, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) which may change from time to time in accordance with Section 11.4 hereof.

“Commitments” shall mean the aggregate portion of the term loan commitments to the Borrower held by the Lenders as set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto, not to exceed $500,000,000.00 in the aggregate; and “Commitment” shall mean the individual term loan commitment to the Borrower of each such Lender.

“Communications Act” shall mean the Communications Act of 1934, and any similar or successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the FCC or other similar or successor agency thereunder, all as the same may be in effect from time to time.

“Consolidated Total Assets” shall mean as of any date the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shown on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date and determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Continue”, “Continuation”, “Continuing” and “Continued” shall mean the continuation pursuant to Article 2 hereof of a LIBOR Advance as a LIBOR Advance from one Interest Period to a different Interest Period.

“Convert”, “Conversion” and “Converted” shall mean a conversion pursuant to Article 2 hereof of a LIBOR Advance into a Base Rate Advance or of a Base Rate Advance into a LIBOR Advance, as applicable.

“Debt Rating” shall mean, as of any date, the senior unsecured debt rating of the Borrower that has been most recently announced by Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch, as the case may be.

-4-

“Default” shall mean any Event of Default, and any of the events specified in Section 8.1 hereof, regardless of whether there shall have occurred any passage of time or giving of notice, or both, that would be necessary in order to constitute such event an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” shall mean a simple per annum interest rate equal to the sum of (a) the then applicable Interest Rate Basis (including the Applicable Margin), and (b) two percent (2.0%).

“Effective Date” shall mean August 30, 2007.

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as in effect from time to time.

“ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any Person, including a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of the Borrower, that is a member of any group of organizations of which the Borrower is a member and is treated as a single employer with the Borrower under Section 414 of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Verestar Entity shall be deemed to be an “ERISA Affiliate” or part of the “ERISA Affiliates” respectively.

“Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” shall mean the percentage which is in effect from time to time under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as such regulation may be amended from time to time, as the maximum reserve requirement applicable with respect to Eurocurrency Liabilities (as that term is defined in Regulation D), whether or not any Lender has any such Eurocurrency Liabilities subject to such reserve requirement at that time.

“Event of Default” shall mean any of the events specified in Section 8.1 hereof; provided, however, that any requirement stated therein for notice or lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Existing Loan Agreement” shall mean that certain Loan Agreement dated as of June 8, 2007 made by and among the Borrower, Toronto Dominion Texas LLC, as administrative agent thereunder, and the lenders and other parties thereto, as amended, modified, restated and supplemented from time to time.

“FCC” shall mean the Federal Communications Commission, or any other similar or successor agency of the Federal government administering the Communications Act.

“February 2004 Senior Notes” shall mean the 7.50% Senior Notes due 2012 issued by the Borrower pursuant to that certain Indenture dated as of February 4, 2004 as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time to the extent not prohibited hereunder (and any exchange notes issued in connection therewith).

“Federal Funds Rate” shall mean, as of any date, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with the members of the Federal Reserve System arranged

-5-

by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three (3) Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent.

“Fitch” shall mean Fitch, Inc. (Fitch Ratings), and its successors.

“Funding Date” shall mean (i) September 4, 2007 or (ii) such later date on which the Loans are disbursed in accordance with this Agreement, which later date shall in no event be after September 7, 2007.

“GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied.

“Granting Lender” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 11.4(j) hereof.

“Guaranty”, as applied to an obligation, shall mean and include (a) a guaranty, direct or indirect, in any manner, of all or any part of such obligation, and (b) any agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such obligation, including, without limiting the foregoing, any reimbursement obligations as to amounts drawn down by beneficiaries of outstanding letters of credit or capital call requirements; provided, however, that the term “Guaranty” shall not include guarantees not involving Indebtedness.

“Hedge Agreements” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any agreements or other arrangements to which such Person is a party relating to any rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, interest rate cap transaction, interest rate floor transaction, interest rate collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, or any other similar transaction, including an option to enter into any of the foregoing or any combination of the foregoing.

“Indebtedness” shall mean, with respect to any Person and without duplication:

(a) indebtedness for money borrowed of such Person and indebtedness of such Person evidenced by notes payable, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments or drafts accepted representing extensions of credit;

(b) all indebtedness of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid (other than trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business, but only if and so long as such accounts are payable on customary trade terms);

(c) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(d) all reimbursement obligations of such Person with respect to outstanding letters of credit;

-6-

(e) all indebtedness of such Person issued or assumed as full or partial payment for property or services (other than trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business, but only if and so long as such accounts are payable on customary trade terms);

(f) all net obligations of such Person under Hedge Agreements valued on a marked to market basis on the date of determination;

(g) all direct or indirect obligations of any other Person secured by any Lien to which any property or asset owned by such Person is subject, but only to the extent of the higher of the fair market value or the book value of the property or asset subject to such Lien (if less than the amount of such obligation), if the obligation secured thereby shall not have been assumed; and

(h) Guaranties by such Person of any of the foregoing of any other Person;

provided, however, that the Capitalized Lease Obligations to TV Azteca described in the public filings of the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Effective Date shall not be deemed to be, and shall be excluded from, Indebtedness. For purposes of this definition, interest which is accrued but not paid on the scheduled due date for such interest shall be deemed Indebtedness.

“Indemnitee” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.9 hereof.

“Interest Expense” shall mean, for any period, all cash interest expense (including imputed interest with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations and commitment fees) with respect to any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, the Obligations) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such period pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness.

“Interest Period” shall mean (a) in connection with any Base Rate Advance, the period beginning on the date such Advance is made as or Converted to a Base Rate Advance and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter in which such Advance is made as or Converted to a Base Rate Advance; provided, however, that if a Base Rate Advance is made or Converted on the last day of any fiscal quarter, it shall have an Interest Period ending on, and its Payment Date shall be, the last day of the following fiscal quarter, and (b) in connection with any LIBOR Advance, the term of such Advance selected by the Borrower or otherwise determined in accordance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, (i) any applicable Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next Business Day unless, with respect to LIBOR Advances only, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (ii) any applicable Interest Period, with respect to LIBOR Advances only, which begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is to end shall (subject to clause (i) above) end on the last day of such calendar month, and (iii) the Borrower shall not select an Interest Period which extends beyond the Maturity Date or such earlier date as would interfere with the Borrower’s repayment obligations under Section 2.4 hereof. Interest shall be due and payable with respect to any Advance as provided in Section 2.3 hereof.

-7-

“Interest Rate Basis” shall mean the Base Rate Basis or the LIBOR Basis, as appropriate.

“Investment” shall mean any investment or loan by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in or to any Person which Person, after giving effect to such investment or loan, is not consolidated with the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

“known to the Borrower”, “to the knowledge of the Borrower” or any similar phrase, shall mean known by or reasonably should have been known by the executive officers of the Borrower (which shall include, without limitation, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, if any, the chief financial officer and the general counsel of the Borrower).

“Lenders” shall mean the Persons whose names appear as “Lenders” on the signature pages hereof and any other Person which becomes a “Lender” hereunder after the Effective Date by executing an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto in accordance with the provisions hereof; and “Lender” shall mean any one of the foregoing Lenders.

“LIBOR” shall mean, for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on the Telerate Service Page 3750 (or on any such other page as may replace the designated page on the Telerate Service or such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association) as of 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period as the rate for U.S. dollar deposits, in an amount approximately equal to the principal amount of, and for a length of time approximately equal to the Interest Period for, the LIBOR Advance sought by the Borrower.

“LIBOR Advance” shall mean an Advance which the Borrower requests to be made as, Converted to or Continued as a LIBOR Advance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof, and which shall be in a principal amount of at least $5,000,000.00 and in an integral multiple of $1,000,000.00.

“LIBOR Basis” shall mean a simple per annum interest rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one-hundredth (1/100th) of one percent (1%)) equal to the sum of (a) the quotient of (i) LIBOR divided by (ii) one (1) minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage, if any, stated as a decimal, plus (b) the Applicable Margin. The LIBOR Basis shall apply to Interest Periods of one (1), two (2), three (3), or six (6) months, and, once determined, shall remain unchanged during the applicable Interest Period, except for changes to reflect adjustments in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage and the Applicable Margin as adjusted pursuant to Section 2.3(f) hereof. The LIBOR Basis for any LIBOR Advance shall be adjusted as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

“Licenses” shall mean, collectively, any telephone, microwave, radio transmissions, personal communications or other license, authorization, certificate of compliance, franchise, approval or permit, whether for the construction, the ownership or the operation of any communications tower facilities, granted or issued by the FCC and held by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

-8-

“Lien” shall mean, with respect to any property, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, title retention agreement or other encumbrance of any kind in respect of such property.

“Loan Documents” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, all fee letters, the Request for Advance, all Notices of Continuation or Conversion and all other certificates, documents, instruments and agreements executed or delivered by the Borrower in connection with or contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

“Loans” shall mean, collectively, the amounts advanced by the Lenders under the Commitments.

“Majority Lenders” shall mean (i) prior to the Funding Date, Lenders the total of whose Commitments exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Commitments held by all Lenders entitled to vote hereunder and (ii) on and after the Funding Date, Lenders the total of whose Loans then outstanding exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Loans then outstanding held by all Lenders entitled to vote hereunder.

“Material Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower whose Adjusted EBITDA, as of the last day of any fiscal year, is greater than five percent (5%) of the Adjusted EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date.

“Material Subsidiary Group” shall mean one or more Subsidiaries of the Borrower when taken as a whole whose Adjusted EBITDA, as of the last day of any fiscal year, is greater than five percent (5%) of the Adjusted EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date.

“Materially Adverse Effect” shall mean (a) any material adverse effect upon the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) a material adverse effect upon any material rights or benefits of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents.

“Maturity Date” shall mean August 30, 2012, or such earlier date as payment of the Loans shall be due (whether by acceleration or otherwise).

“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc., and its successors.

“Necessary Authorizations” shall mean all approvals and licenses from, and all filings and registrations with, any governmental or other regulatory authority, including, without limiting the foregoing, the Licenses and all approvals, licenses, filings and registrations under the Communications Act, necessary in order to enable the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to own, construct, maintain, and operate communications tower facilities and to invest in other Persons who own, construct, maintain, manage and operate communications tower facilities.

-9-

“Net Income” shall mean, for any period of determination, net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Net Proceeds” shall mean, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets by, or any insurance or condemnation proceedings with respect to the assets of, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the aggregate amount of cash received (including, without limitation, any payments received for non-competition covenants, consulting or management fees in connection with such sale, and any portion of the amount received evidenced by a promissory note or other evidence of Indebtedness issued by the purchaser), net of (i) amounts reserved, if any, for taxes payable with respect to any such transaction or proceeding (after application (assuming application, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, first to such reserves) of any available losses, credits or other offsets), (ii) reasonable and customary transaction costs properly attributable to such transaction or proceeding and payable by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than to an Affiliate) in connection with such transaction or proceeding, including, without limitation, commissions, and (iii) until actually received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any portion of the amount (x) received and held in escrow or (y) evidenced by a promissory note or other evidence of Indebtedness issued by a purchaser or non-compete, consulting or management agreement or covenant or (z) otherwise for which compensation is paid over time. Upon receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of (A) amounts referred to in item (iii) of the preceding sentence, or (B) if there shall occur any reduction in the tax reserves referred to in item (i) of the preceding sentence resulting in a payment to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, such amounts shall then be deemed to be “Net Proceeds.”

“Net Proceeds (Debt/Equity)” shall mean, with respect to the public or private issuance, offering or placement of debt obligations or common or preferred stock, including securities or obligations convertible into common or preferred stock, of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (but excluding intercompany debt among the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries, or any of them, debt of the Borrower under the Existing Loan Agreement (including with respect to any future borrowings thereunder), common or preferred stock issued by any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Borrower and common stock issued upon the exercise of stock options), the difference between (a) the aggregate amount of cash received in connection therewith, and (b) the aggregate amount of any reasonable and customary fees, expenses and transaction costs incurred in connection therewith.

“Non-Consenting Lender” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 11.11(b) hereof.

“Non-Excluded Taxes” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.3(b) hereof.

“Non-U.S. Person” shall mean a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“Notes” shall mean, collectively, those certain term promissory notes in an aggregate original principal amount of up to $500,000,000, issued by the Borrower to the Lenders, each one substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, and any extensions, renewals or amendments to, or replacements of, the foregoing.

-10-

“Notice of Continuation or Conversion” shall mean a certificate designated as a “Notice of Continuation or Conversion,” signed by an Authorized Signatory of the Borrower requesting a Continuation or Conversion hereunder, which shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit F attached hereto.

“Obligations” shall mean all payment and performance obligations of every kind, nature and description of the Borrower to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, or any of them, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, any interest, fees and other charges on the Loans or otherwise under the Loan Documents that would accrue but for the filing of a bankruptcy action with respect to the Borrower, whether or not such claim is allowed in such bankruptcy action), as they may be amended from time to time, whether such obligations are direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or not due, contractual or based in tort, liquidated or unliquidated, arising by operation of law or otherwise, now existing or hereafter arising.

“October 2004 Senior Notes” shall mean the 7.125% Senior Notes due 2012 issued by the Borrower pursuant to that certain Indenture dated as of October 5, 2004 as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time to the extent not prohibited hereunder (and any exchange notes issued in connection therewith).

“Ownership Interests” shall mean, as applied to any Person, corporate stock and any and all securities, shares, partnership interests (whether general, limited, special or other), limited liability company interests, membership interests, equity interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated and of any character) of corporate stock of such Person or any of the foregoing issued by such Person (whether a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company or another type of entity) and includes, without limitation, securities convertible into Ownership Interests and rights, warrants or options to acquire Ownership Interests.

“Payment Date” shall mean the last day of any Interest Period.

“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.

“Permitted Liens” shall mean, collectively, as applied to any Person:

(a) (i) Liens on real estate or other property for taxes, assessments, governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent and (ii) Liens for taxes, assessments, judgments, governmental charges or levies or claims the non-payment of which is being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been set aside on such Person’s books in accordance with GAAP;

(b) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, vendors (solely to the extent arising by operation of law), laborers and materialmen incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or being diligently contested in good faith, if reserves in accordance with GAAP or appropriate provisions shall have been made therefor;

-11-

(c) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker’s compensation and unemployment insurance, social security obligations, assessments or government charges which are not overdue for more than sixty (60) days;

(d) restrictions on the transfer of the Licenses or assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries imposed by any of the Licenses by the Communications Act and any regulations thereunder;

(e) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions, licenses, reservations or restrictions on use and other similar encumbrances on the use of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of such Person or the use of such property in the operation of the business by such Person;

(f) Liens arising by operation of law in favor of purchasers in connection with any asset sale permitted hereunder; provided, however, that such Lien only encumbers the property being sold;

(g) Liens in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, so long as such Liens only attach to the assets leased thereunder, and Liens reflected by Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed in respect of true leases or subleases of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(h) Liens to secure performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds, bids or tenders;

(i) judgment Liens which do not result in an Event of Default under Section 8.1(h) hereof;

(j) Liens in connection with escrow or security deposits made in connection with Acquisitions permitted hereunder;

(k) Liens created on any Ownership Interests of Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Material Subsidiaries held by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries other than in connection with Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(l) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(m) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that such deposit account is not (i) a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law; and (ii) intended to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

(n) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any other Person in the ordinary course of business;

-12-

(o) Liens in the nature of trustees’ Liens granted pursuant to any indenture governing any Indebtedness permitted hereunder, in each case in favor of the trustee under such indenture and securing only obligations to pay compensation to such trustee, to reimburse its expenses and to indemnify it under the terms thereof; and

(p) Liens on property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at the time the Borrower or such Subsidiary acquired the property, including acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or such Subsidiary, or an acquisition of assets; provided that such Liens (i) are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition and (ii) may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

“Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, joint venture, trust or estate, an unincorporated organization, a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.

“Plan” shall mean an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA or any other employee benefit plan maintained for employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates.

“Proposed Change” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 11.11(b) hereof.

“Register” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 11.4(g) hereof.

“Replacement Lender” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.5 hereof.

“Request for Advance” shall mean a certificate designated as a “Request for Advance,” signed by an Authorized Signatory of the Borrower requesting an Advance or Advances hereunder, which shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, and shall, among other things, (i) specify the amount of the Advance or Advances, the type of Advance or Advances (LIBOR or Base Rate), and, with respect to LIBOR Advances, the Interest Period or Periods with respect thereto, (ii) state that there shall not exist, on the Funding Date and after giving effect to the Advance or Advances, a Default, (iii) specify the Applicable Margin then in effect and (iv) request that the full amount of the Commitments be drawn.

“Restricted Payment” shall mean any direct or indirect distribution, dividend or other payment to any Person (other than to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) on account of any Ownership Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than dividends payable solely in Ownership Interests of such Person or in warrants or other rights or options to acquire such Ownership Interests).

“Senior Secured Debt” shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of any date, the aggregate amount of secured Indebtedness of such Persons as of such date (including, without limitation, Indebtedness under the SpectraSite CMBS Facility and Indebtedness under any additional CMBS Facilities entered into in accordance with Section 7.1(h) hereof).

-13-

“SPC” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 11.4(j) hereof.

“SpectraSite CMBS Facility” shall mean that certain mortgage loan more fully described in the Offering Memorandum dated April 27, 2007 regarding the $1,750,000,000 American Tower Trust I Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-1.

“Standard and Poor’s” shall mean Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

“Subsidiary” shall mean, as applied to any Person, (a) any corporation of which no less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of its board of directors, regardless of the existence at the time of a right of the holders of any class or classes of securities of such corporation to exercise such voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency, or any partnership or limited liability company of which no less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding partnership or limited liability company interests, is at the time owned directly or indirectly by such Person, or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; provided, however, that if such Person and/or such Person’s Subsidiaries directly or indirectly own no more than fifty percent (50%) of such Subsidiary’s Ownership Interests, then such Subsidiary’s operating or governing documents must require (i) such Subsidiary’s net cash after the establishment of reserves be distributed to its equity holders no less frequently than quarterly and (ii) the consent of such Person and/or such Person’s Subsidiaries to amend or otherwise modify the provisions of such operating or governing documents requiring such distributions, or (b) any other entity which is directly or indirectly controlled or capable of being controlled by such Person, or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for the purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

“Syndication Agent” shall mean JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

“Taxes” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 10.3(b).

“Total Debt” shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of any date, the sum (without duplication) of (i) the outstanding principal amount of the Loans as of such date, (ii) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of such Persons as of such date, (iii) the aggregate amount of all Guaranties by such Persons of Indebtedness as of such date, and (iv) to the extent payable by the Borrower, an amount equal to the aggregate exposure of the Borrower under any Hedge Agreements permitted pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, as calculated on a marked to market basis as of the last day of the fiscal quarter being tested or the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter, as applicable.

“TV Azteca” shall mean TV Azteca, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad anónima de capital variable organized under the laws of the United Mexican States.

“U.S. Person” shall mean a citizen or resident of the United States of America, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under any laws of the United States of America, or any estate or trust that is subject to Federal income taxation regardless of the source of its income.

-14-

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall mean (a) any Verestar Entity and (b) any other Subsidiary of the Borrower that is hereafter designated by the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders; provided that (i) no Material Subsidiary shall be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, and (ii) no Subsidiary of the Borrower may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default; provided further that the designation by the Borrower of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary may be revoked by the Borrower at any time by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders so long as no Default or Event of Default would be caused thereby, from and after which time such Subsidiary will no longer be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Verestar Entity” shall mean any of Verestar, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any Subsidiary of Verestar, Inc.

Section 1.2 Interpretation. Except where otherwise specifically restricted, reference to a party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document includes that party and its successors and assigns. All capitalized terms used herein which are defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York on the date hereof and which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings herein as set forth therein. Whenever any agreement, promissory note or other instrument or document is defined in this Agreement, such definition shall be deemed to mean and include, from and after the date of any amendment, restatement, supplement, confirmation or modification thereof, such agreement, promissory note or other instrument or document as so amended, restated, supplemented, confirmed or modified. All terms defined in this Agreement in the singular shall have comparable meanings when used in the plural and vice versa. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

Section 1.3 Cross References. Unless otherwise specified, references in this Agreement and in each other Loan Document to any Article or Section are references to such Article or Section of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, and, unless otherwise specified, references in any Article, Section or definition to any clause are references to such clause in such Article, Section or definition.

Section 1.4 Accounting Provisions. Subject to Section 11.5, all accounting terms used in this Agreement which are not expressly defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in accordance with GAAP, all computations shall be made in accordance with GAAP, and all balance sheets and other financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP. All financial or accounting calculations or determinations required pursuant to this Agreement (including as they relate to Adjusted EBITDA, Senior Secured Debt, Total Debt, Interest Expense and Consolidated Total Assets), unless otherwise expressly provided, shall be made on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

-15-

ARTICLE 2 – LOANS

Section 2.1 The Loans. The Lenders agree severally, and not jointly, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, to lend to the Borrower on the Funding Date an amount which does not exceed, (i) in the aggregate, the Commitments and (ii) individually, such Lender’s Commitment. Once repaid, the Loans may not be reborrowed. If the Commitments are not fully drawn on or prior to the Funding Date, the undrawn portion of the Commitments shall terminate on the earlier of (x) the day immediately following the Funding Date and (y) 5:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on September 7, 2007.

Section 2.2 Manner of Borrowing and Disbursement.

(a) Advances on the Funding Date. All or any portion of an Advance hereunder on the Funding Date shall, at the option of the Borrower, be made as a Base Rate Advance or a LIBOR Advance. Upon request, the Administrative Agent, whose determination in absence of manifest error shall be conclusive, shall determine the available LIBOR Bases and shall notify the Borrower of such LIBOR Bases to apply for the applicable LIBOR Advance. A Request for Advance shall be given to the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York, New York time) at least (i) one (1) Business Day prior to the Funding Date with respect to any request for a Base Rate Advance and (ii) three (3) Business Days prior to the Funding Date with respect to any request for a LIBOR Advance.

(b) Conversions of Base Rate Advances. The Borrower may, without regard to the applicable Payment Date and upon at least three (3) Business Days’ irrevocable prior telephonic notice followed by written notice in the form of a Notice of Conversion or Continuation, Convert all or a portion of the principal of a Base Rate Advance to a LIBOR Advance. On the date indicated by the Borrower, such Base Rate Advance shall be so Converted. The failure to give timely notice hereunder with respect to the Payment Date of any Base Rate Advance shall be considered a request for a Base Rate Advance.

(c) Conversions and Continuations of LIBOR Advances. At least three (3) Business Days prior to the Payment Date for each LIBOR Advance or as provided in Section 10.3(c) hereof, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent telephonic notice followed by written notice in the form of a Notice of Continuation or Conversion specifying whether all or a portion of such LIBOR Advance (A) is to be Continued in whole or in part as one or more LIBOR Advances, (B) is to be Converted in whole or in part to a Base Rate Advance, or (C) is to be repaid. The failure to give such notice shall preclude the Borrower from Continuing such Advance as a LIBOR Advance on its Payment Date and shall be considered a request to Convert such Advance to a Base Rate Advance. Upon such Payment Date such LIBOR Advance will, subject to the provisions hereof, be so Continued, Converted or repaid, as applicable. Upon request, the Administrative Agent, whose determination in absence of manifest error shall be conclusive, shall determine the available LIBOR Bases and shall notify the Borrower of such LIBOR Bases to apply for the applicable LIBOR Advance.

(d) Notification of Lenders. Upon receipt of irrevocable prior telephonic notice in accordance with Section 2.2(b) or (c) hereof or a Notice of Conversion or

-16-

Continuation from the Borrower with respect to any outstanding Advance prior to the Payment Date for such Advance, the Administrative Agent shall promptly but no later than the close of business on the day of such notice notify each Lender by telephone, followed promptly by written notice or telecopy, of the contents thereof.

(e) Disbursement. Prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on the Funding Date, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article 3 hereof, disburse the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders in like funds by (A) transferring the amounts so made available by wire transfer pursuant to the Borrower’s instructions, or (B) in the absence of such instructions, crediting the amounts so made available to the account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.3 Interest.

(a) On Base Rate Advances. Interest on each Base Rate Advance shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365/366 days for the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable at the Base Rate Basis for such Advance, in arrears on the applicable Payment Date. Interest on Base Rate Advances then outstanding shall also be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

(b) On LIBOR Advances. Interest on each LIBOR Advance shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable at the LIBOR Basis for such Advance, in arrears on the applicable Payment Date, and, in addition, if the Interest Period for a LIBOR Advance exceeds three (3) months, interest on such LIBOR Advance shall also be due and payable in arrears on every three (3) month anniversary of the beginning of such Interest Period. Interest on LIBOR Advances then outstanding shall also be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

(c) Interest if No Notice of Selection of Interest Rate Basis. If the Borrower fails to give the Administrative Agent timely notice of its selection of a LIBOR Basis, or if for any reason a determination of a LIBOR Basis for any Advance is not timely concluded, the Base Rate Basis shall apply to such Advance.

(d) Interest Upon Event of Default. Immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, the outstanding principal balance of the Loans shall bear interest at the Default Rate. Such interest shall be payable on demand by the Majority Lenders and shall accrue until the earlier of (i) waiver or cure of the applicable Event of Default, (ii) agreement by the Majority Lenders (or, if applicable to the underlying Event of Default, the Lenders) to rescind the charging of interest at the Default Rate or (iii) payment in full of the Obligations.

-17-

(e) LIBOR Contracts. At no time may the number of outstanding LIBOR Advances hereunder exceed seven (7).

(f) Applicable Margin.

(i) With respect to any Loans, the Applicable Margin shall be a percentage per annum determined by reference to the Applicable Debt Rating (as such Applicable Debt Rating is determined pursuant to Section 2.3(f)(ii)) in effect on such date as set forth below:

	Applicable Debt Rating	LIBOR Advance Applicable Margin	Base Rate Advance Applicable Margin
A.	> BBB or Baa2	0.400%	0.000%
B.	BBB or Baa2	0.500%	0.000%
C.	BBB- or Baa3	0.625%	0.000%
D.	BB+ or Ba1	0.750%	0.000%
E.	BB or Ba2	1.000%	0.000%
F.	< BB or Ba2	1.250%	0.250%

(ii) Changes in Applicable Margin; Determination of Debt Rating. Changes to the Applicable Margin shall be effective as of the second (2nd) Business Day after the day on which the Applicable Debt Rating changes. Any change to any Debt Rating established by Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch shall be effective as of the date on which such change is first announced publicly by the applicable rating agency making such change and on and after that day the changed Debt Rating shall be the Debt Rating of such rating agency for purposes of this Agreement. If none of Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch shall have in effect a Debt Rating, the Applicable Margin shall be set in accordance with part F of the table set forth in Section 2.3(f)(i). If Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch shall change the basis on which ratings are established, each reference to the Debt Rating announced by Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch, as the case may be, shall refer to the then equivalent rating by Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch, as the case may be.

Section 2.4 Prepayments and Repayments.

(a) Prepayment. The principal amount of any Base Rate Advance may be prepaid in full or ratably in part at any time, without premium or penalty and without regard to the Payment Date for such Advance. The principal amount of any LIBOR Advance may be prepaid in full or ratably in part, upon three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice, or telephonic notice followed immediately by written notice, to the Administrative Agent, without premium or penalty; provided, however, that, to the extent prepaid prior to the applicable Payment Date for such LIBOR Advance, the Borrower shall reimburse the Lenders, on the earlier of demand by the Lender or the Maturity Date, for any loss or out-of-pocket expense incurred by any such Lender in connection with such prepayment, as set forth in Section 2.7 hereof; and provided further, however, that the Borrower’s failure to confirm any telephonic notice with a written notice shall not invalidate any notice so given if acted upon by the Administrative Agent. Any

-18-

prepayment hereunder shall be in amounts of not less than $2,000,000.00 and in an integral multiple of $1,000,000.00. Amounts prepaid shall be paid together with accrued interest on the amount so prepaid.

(b) Repayments. The Borrower shall repay the Loans as follows:

(i) Net Proceeds (Debt/Equity). If, at any time, the Borrower receives any Net Proceeds (Debt/Equity), the Borrower shall, no later than the third Business Day following the date of such receipt, make a repayment of the principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to such Net Proceeds (Debt/Equity), together with any accrued interest with respect thereto.

(ii) Maturity Date. In addition to the foregoing, a final payment of all Loans, together with any accrued interest and fees with respect thereto, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

Section 2.5 Notes; Loan Accounts.

(a) The Loans shall be repayable in accordance with the terms and provisions set forth herein. If requested by a Lender, one (1) Note duly executed and delivered by one or more Authorized Signatories of the Borrower, shall be issued no earlier than the Funding Date by the Borrower and payable to such Lender in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment/Loan Percentage for the Loans.

(b) Each Lender may open and maintain on its books in the name of the Borrower a loan account with respect to its portion of the Loans and interest thereon. Each Lender which opens such a loan account shall debit such loan account for the principal amount of its portion of the Advances made by it and accrued interest thereon, and shall credit such loan account for each payment on account of principal of or interest on its Loans. The records of a Lender with respect to the loan account maintained by it shall be prima facie evidence of its portion of the Loans and accrued interest thereon absent manifest error, but the failure of any Lender to make any such notations or any error or mistake in such notations shall not affect the Borrower’s repayment obligations with respect to such Loans.

Section 2.6 Manner of Payment.

(a) Each payment (including, without limitation, any prepayment) by the Borrower on account of the principal of or interest on the Loans, commitment fees and any other amount owed to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent or any of them under this Agreement or the Notes shall be made not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on the date specified for payment under this Agreement to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, for the account of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds. Any payment received by the Administrative Agent after 1:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment intended for any Lender or Lenders hereunder prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on any Business Day shall be deemed to constitute receipt by such

-19-

Lender or Lenders on such Business Day. In the case of a payment for the account of a Lender, the Administrative Agent will promptly, but no later than the close of business on the date such payment is deemed received, thereafter distribute the amount so received in like funds to such Lender. If the Administrative Agent shall not have received any payment from the Borrower as and when due, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders accordingly. In the event that the Administrative Agent shall fail to make distribution to any Lender as required under this Section 2.6, the Administrative Agent agrees to pay such Lender interest from the date such payment was due until paid at the Federal Funds Rate.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay principal, interest, fees and all other amounts due hereunder or under the Notes without set-off or counterclaim or any deduction whatsoever.

(c) Prior to the acceleration of the Loans under Section 8.2 hereof, if some but less than all amounts due from the Borrower are received by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Obligations, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such amounts in the following order of priority, all on a pro rata basis to the Lenders: (i) to the payment on a pro rata basis of any fees or expenses then due and payable to the Administrative Agent or expenses then due and payable to the Lenders; (ii) to the payment of interest then due and payable on the Loans on a pro rata basis and of fees then due and payable to the Lenders on a pro rata basis; (iii) to the payment of all other amounts not otherwise referred to in this Section 2.6(c) then due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, or any of them, hereunder or under the Notes or any other Loan Document; and (iv) to the payment of principal then due and payable on the Loans on a pro rata basis.

(d) Subject to any contrary provisions in the definition of Interest Period, if any payment under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is specified to be made on a day which is not a Business Day, it shall be made on the next Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in computing interest and fees, if any, in connection with such payment.

Section 2.7 Reimbursement.

(a) Whenever any Lender shall sustain or incur any losses or reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with (i) the failure by the Borrower to borrow, Continue or Convert any LIBOR Advance after having given notice of its intention to borrow, Continue or Convert such Advance in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof (whether by reason of the Borrower’s election not to proceed or the non-fulfillment of any of the conditions set forth in Article 3 hereof), or (ii) the prepayment, or repayment pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(i), other than on the applicable Payment Date (or failure to prepay after giving notice thereof) of any LIBOR Advance in whole or in part for any reason, the Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender, upon such Lender’s demand, an amount sufficient to compensate such Lender for all such losses and out-of-pocket expenses. Such Lender’s good faith determination of the amount of such losses or out-of-pocket expenses, as set forth in writing and accompanied by calculations in reasonable detail demonstrating the basis for its demand, shall be presumptively correct absent manifest error.

-20-

(b) Losses subject to reimbursement hereunder shall include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, lost margins, reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Lender or any participant of such Lender permitted hereunder in connection with the re-employment of funds prepaid, paid, repaid, not borrowed, or not paid, as the case may be, and will be payable whether the Maturity Date is changed by virtue of an amendment hereto (unless such amendment expressly waives such payment) or as a result of acceleration of the Loans.

Section 2.8 Pro Rata Treatment.

(a) Advances. The Advance or Advances under the Commitments on the Funding Date from the Lenders hereunder shall be made pro rata on the basis of the Commitment/Loan Percentages of the Lenders.

(b) Payments. Except as provided in Section 2.2(e) hereof and Article 10 hereof, each payment and prepayment of principal of, and interest on, the Loans shall be made to the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their respective unpaid principal amounts outstanding under the Loans immediately prior to such payment or prepayment. If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the Loans in excess of its ratable share of the Loans under its Commitment/Loan Percentage, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the portion of the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and each such other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.8(b) may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including, without limitation, the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such purchasing Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

Section 2.9 Capital Adequacy. If after the date hereof, the adoption of any Applicable Law regarding the capital adequacy of banks or bank holding companies, or any change in Applicable Law (whether adopted before or after the Effective Date) or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by such Lender (or the bank holding company of such Lender) with any directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on any Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans and the Commitments to a level below that which it could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies with respect to capital adequacy immediately before such adoption, change or compliance and assuming that such Lender’s (or the bank holding company of such Lender) capital was fully utilized prior to such adoption, change or compliance) by an amount reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material, then, upon demand by such Lender, the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender such additional

-21-

amounts as shall be sufficient to compensate such Lender (on an after-tax basis) for such reduced return which is reasonably allocable to this Agreement, together with interest on such amount from the fourth (4th) Business Day after the date of demand or the Maturity Date, as applicable, until payment in full thereof at the Default Rate. A certificate of such Lender setting forth the amount to be paid to such Lender by the Borrower as a result of any event referred to in this paragraph and supporting calculations in reasonable detail shall be presumptively correct absent manifest error. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.9, no Lender shall demand compensation for any increased cost or reduction referred to above if it shall not at the time be the general policy or practice of such Lender to demand such compensation in similar circumstances under comparable provisions of other credit agreements.

Section 2.10 Lender Tax Forms.

(a) On or prior to the Effective Date and on or prior to the first Business Day of each calendar year thereafter, to the extent it may lawfully do so at such time, each Lender which is a Non-U.S. Person shall provide each of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) if such Lender is a “bank” under Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, with a properly executed original of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI (or any successor form) prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service or other documents satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, certifying (i) as to such Lender’s status as exempt from United States withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to such Lender hereunder and under the Notes or (ii) that all payments to be made to such Lender hereunder and under the Notes are subject to such taxes at a rate reduced to zero by an applicable tax treaty, or (b) if such Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and intends to claim exemption from U.S. Federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, a Form W-8BEN, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto (and, if such Lender delivers a Form W-8BEN, a certificate representing that such Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a ten-percent (10%) shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower (within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code)), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, indicating that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States Federal income taxes as permitted by the Code. Each such Lender agrees to provide the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with new forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form, or after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent forms delivered by it to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, in any case, to the extent it may lawfully do so at such time.

(b) On or prior to the Effective Date, and to the extent permitted by applicable U.S. Federal law, on or prior to the first Business Day of each calendar year thereafter, each Lender which is a U.S. Person shall provide the Administrative Agent and the Borrower a duly completed and executed copy of the Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or successor form to the effect that it is a U.S. Person.

-22-

Section 2.11 Commitment Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s applicable Commitment/Loan Percentage, a commitment fee at a rate of 0.15% per annum of the unused Commitment of such Lender for each day from and including the Effective Date through but excluding the Funding Date. Such commitment fee shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365/366 days for the actual number of days elapsed, shall be payable on the Funding Date (provided, however, that if such day is not a Business Day, such commitment fee shall be payable on the next Business Day), and shall be fully earned when due and non-refundable when paid.

ARTICLE 3 – CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 3.1 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to the prior or contemporaneous fulfillment (in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent) or, if applicable, receipt by the Administrative Agent (in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) of each of the following:

(a) this Agreement duly executed by all relevant parties;

(b) a loan certificate of the Borrower dated as of the Effective Date, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, including a certificate of incumbency with respect to each Authorized Signatory of the Borrower, together with the following items: (i) a true, complete and correct copy of the articles of incorporation and by-laws of the Borrower as in effect on the Effective Date, (ii) a certificate of good standing for the Borrower issued by the Secretary of State of Delaware, and (iii) a true, complete and correct copy of the resolutions of the Borrower authorizing it to execute, deliver and perform each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(c) legal opinions of (i) Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, special counsel to the Borrower and (ii) Edmund DiSanto, Esq., General Counsel of the Borrower, addressed to each Lender and the Administrative Agent and dated as of the Effective Date;

(d) receipt by the Borrower of all Necessary Authorizations, other than Necessary Authorizations the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Materially Adverse Effect, including all necessary consents to the closing of this Agreement, have been obtained or made, are in full force and effect and are not subject to any pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened reversal or cancellation;

(e) each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 hereof are true and correct in all material respects as of the Effective Date, and no Default or Event of Default then exists;

-23-

(f) the documentation that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are required to obtain from the Borrower under Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT ACT (P.L. 107-56, 115 Stat. 272 (2001)) and under any other provision of the Patriot Act, the Bank Secrecy Act (P.L. 91-508, 84 Stat. 1118 (1970)) or any regulations under such Act or the Patriot Act that contain document collection requirements that apply to the Administrative Agent;

(g) all fees and expenses required to be paid in connection with this Agreement to the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Lenders shall have been (or shall be simultaneously) paid in full;

(h) audited consolidated financial statements for the last three years, unaudited consolidated financial statements for the first two fiscal quarters in 2007, and annual projections through the Maturity Date, in each case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(i) a certificate of the president or chief financial officer of the Borrower as to the financial performance of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto, and, to the extent applicable, using information contained in the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (h) of this Section 3.1 in respect of the first two fiscal quarters of 2007; and

(j) Lien and judgment searches with respect to the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries.

Section 3.2 Conditions Precedent to Funding Date Advance. The obligation of the Lenders to make the Advances on the Funding Date is subject to the fulfillment of each of the following conditions immediately prior to or contemporaneously with such Advances:

(a) (i) all of the representations and warranties of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, which, pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof, are made at and as of the Funding Date, shall be true and correct at such time in all material respects, both before and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Advances, and after giving effect to any updates to information provided to the Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default hereunder shall then exist or be caused thereby;

(b) the Administrative Agent shall have received a duly executed Request for Advance for the Loans; and

(c) the incumbency of the Authorized Signatories shall be as stated in the applicable certificate of incumbency contained in the certificate of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to or on the Effective Date or as subsequently modified and reflected in a certificate of incumbency delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

-24-

ARTICLE 4 – REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 4.1 Representations and Warranties. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants in favor of the Administrative Agent and each Lender that:

(a) Organization; Ownership; Power; Qualification. The Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Borrower has the power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being and as proposed hereafter to be conducted. The Subsidiaries of the Borrower and the direct and indirect ownership thereof as of the Effective Date are as set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto. As of the Effective Date and except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect, each Subsidiary of the Borrower is a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership or other legal entity duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its formation and has the power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being and as proposed hereafter to be conducted.

(b) Authorization; Enforceability. The Borrower has the corporate power, and has taken all necessary action, to authorize it to borrow hereunder, to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party in accordance with their respective terms, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and is, and each of the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is party is, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower and enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity.

(c) Compliance with Other Loan Documents and Contemplated Transactions. The execution, delivery and performance, in accordance with their respective terms, by the Borrower of this Agreement, the Notes, and each of the other Loan Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not (i) require any consent or approval, governmental or otherwise, not already obtained, (ii) violate any Applicable Law respecting the Borrower, (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under the articles of incorporation or by-laws, as amended, of the Borrower, or under any indenture, agreement, or other instrument, including without limitation the Licenses, to which the Borrower is a party or by which the Borrower or its respective properties is bound that is material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or (iv) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any of the Material Subsidiaries, except for Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof.

(d) Compliance with Law. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all Applicable Law, except where the failure to be in compliance therewith would not individually or in the aggregate have a Materially Adverse Effect.

-25-

(e) Title to Assets. As of the Effective Date, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of their respective assets, except for such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Materially Adverse Effect. None of the properties or assets of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is subject to any Liens, except for Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof.

(f) Litigation. As of the Effective Date, there is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending against, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, including without limitation the Licenses, in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any governmental body (including, without limitation, the FCC) that (i) calls into question the validity of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii) would reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect, other than as may be disclosed in the public filings of the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Effective Date.

(g) Taxes. All Federal income, other material Federal and material state and other tax returns of the Borrower and its Material Subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been duly filed and all Federal income, other material Federal and material state and other taxes, including, without limitation, withholding taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies required to be paid by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or imposed upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, income, profits or assets, which are due and payable, have been paid, except any such taxes (i) (x) the payment of which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is diligently contesting in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (y) for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been provided on the books of such Person, and (z) as to which no Lien other than a Lien permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof has attached, or (ii) which may result from audits not yet conducted, or (iii) as to which the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

(h) Financial Statements. The Borrower has furnished or caused to be furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as of the Effective Date, the audited financial statements for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, and unaudited financial statements for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007, all of which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, on and as at such dates and the results of operations for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end and audit adjustments). None of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries has any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, on the Effective Date, that are material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis other than as disclosed in the financial statements referred to in the preceding sentence or in the reports filed by the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Effective Date or the Obligations.

(i) No Material Adverse Change. Other than as may be disclosed in the public filings of the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Effective Date, there has occurred no event since December 31, 2006 which has had or which would reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

-26-

(j) ERISA. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries and, to the best of their knowledge, their ERISA Affiliates have fulfilled their respective obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and are in compliance in all material respects with the currently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code except where any failure or non-compliance would not reasonably be expected to result in a Materially Adverse Effect.

(k) Compliance with Regulations U and X. The Borrower does not own or presently intend to own an amount of “margin stock” as defined in Regulations U and X (12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224) of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“margin stock”) representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the total assets of the Borrower, as measured on both a consolidated and unconsolidated basis. Neither the making of the Loans nor the use of proceeds thereof will violate, or be inconsistent with, the provisions of any of the above-mentioned regulations.

(l) Investment Company Act. The Borrower is not required to register under the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(m) Agreements with Affiliates. As of the Effective Date, except for agreements or arrangements with Affiliates wherein the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower provides services to or receives services from such Affiliates for fair consideration or which are disclosed in the public filings of the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Effective Date, none of the Borrower or the Material Subsidiaries has (i) any written agreements or binding arrangements of any kind with any Affiliate or (ii) any management or consulting agreements of any kind with any Affiliate, other than (x) those among the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries and (y) employment arrangements with executive officers, including, without limitation, stock option grants of the Borrower.

(n) Solvency. As of the Effective Date and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (i) the assets and property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at a fair valuation, will exceed the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; (ii) the capital of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not be unreasonably small to conduct its business as such business is now conducted and expected to be conducted following the Effective Date; (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not have incurred debts, or have intended to incur debts, beyond their ability to pay such debts as they mature; and (iv) the present fair salable value of the assets and property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay their probable liabilities (including debts) as they become absolute and matured. For purposes of this Section, the amount of contingent liabilities at any time will be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing as such time, can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

-27-

Section 4.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties, Etc. All representations and warranties made under this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be deemed to be made, and shall be true and correct in all material respects, at and as of the Effective Date and on the Funding Date except to the extent relating specifically to the Effective Date. All representations and warranties made under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall survive, and not be waived by, the execution hereof by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, any investigation or inquiry by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, or the making of any Advance under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 5 – GENERAL COVENANTS

So long as any of the Obligations are outstanding and unpaid:

Section 5.1 Preservation of Existence and Similar Matters. Except as permitted under Section 7.3 hereof, the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, preserve and maintain its existence, and its material rights, franchises, licenses and privileges in the state of its incorporation or formation, including, without limitation, the Licenses and all other Necessary Authorizations, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

Section 5.2 Compliance with Applicable Law. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply in all respects with the requirements of all Applicable Law, except when the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

Section 5.3 Maintenance of Properties. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in the ordinary course of business in good repair, working order and condition (reasonable wear and tear excepted) all properties then used or useful in their respective businesses (whether owned or held under lease) that, individually or in the aggregate, are material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, except where the failure to maintain would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

Section 5.4 Accounting Methods and Financial Records. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries on a consolidated and consolidating basis to, maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, keep adequate records and books of account in which complete entries will be made in accordance with GAAP and reflecting all transactions required to be reflected by GAAP, and keep accurate and complete records of their respective properties and assets.

Section 5.5 Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to, maintain insurance (including self-insurance) with respect to its properties and business that are material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis from responsible companies in such amounts and against such risks as are customary for similarly situated companies engaged in the communications tower industry operating in the same or similar locations, with all premiums thereon to be paid by the Borrower and the Material Subsidiaries.

-28-

Section 5.6 Payment of Taxes and Claims. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge all Federal income, other material Federal and material state and other taxes required to be paid by them or imposed upon them or their income or profits or upon any properties belonging to them, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, which, if unpaid, might become a Lien or charge upon any of their properties (other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof); provided, however, that no such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim need be paid which is being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on the appropriate books or where the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

Section 5.7 Visits and Inspections. The Borrower will, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to, permit representatives of the Administrative Agent and any of the Lenders, upon reasonable notice, to (a) visit and inspect the properties of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary during business hours, (b) inspect and make extracts from and copies of their respective books and records, and (c) discuss with their respective principal officers and accountants their respective businesses, assets, liabilities, financial positions, results of operations and business prospects, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.

Section 5.8 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the aggregate proceeds of all Advances under the Loans directly or indirectly for working capital needs and other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, to refinance or repurchase Indebtedness and to purchase issued and outstanding Ownership Interests of the Borrower).

Section 5.9 Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Lender, the Administrative Agent and each of their respective Affiliates, employees, representatives, shareholders, officers and directors (any of the foregoing shall be an “Indemnitee”) from and against any and all claims, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, actions, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (as such fees and expenses are reasonably incurred), penalties, judgments, suits, costs and demands by any party, including the costs of investigating and defending such claims, whether or not the Borrower or the Person seeking indemnification is the prevailing party (a) resulting from any breach or alleged breach by the Borrower of any representation or warranty made hereunder or under any Loan Document; or (b) otherwise arising out of (i) the Commitments or otherwise under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, including, without limitation, the use of the proceeds of Loans hereunder in any fashion by the Borrower or the performance of its obligations under the Loan Documents, (ii) allegations of any participation by a Lender, the Administrative Agent or any of them, in the affairs of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or allegations that any of them has any joint liability with the Borrower for any reason and (iii) any claims against the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any of them, by any shareholder or other investor in or lender to the Borrower, by any brokers or finders or investment advisers or

-29-

investment bankers retained by the Borrower or by any other third party, arising out of the Commitments or otherwise under this Agreement, except to the extent that the Person seeking indemnification hereunder is determined in such case to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct, in any case, by a final, non-appealable judicial order. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 5.9 are in addition to, and shall not otherwise limit, any liabilities which the Borrower might otherwise have in connection with any warranties or similar obligations of the Borrower in any other Loan Document.

ARTICLE 6 – INFORMATION COVENANTS

So long as any of the Obligations are outstanding and unpaid, the Borrower will furnish or cause to be furnished to each Lender and the Administrative Agent, at their respective offices:

Section 6.1 Quarterly Financial Statements and Information. Within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the end of such quarter and as of the end of the preceding fiscal year, and the related consolidated statement of operations and the related consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such quarter and for the elapsed portion of the year ended with the last day of such quarter, which shall set forth in comparative form such figures as at the end of and for such quarter and appropriate prior period and shall be certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and to present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and the results of operations for such period, and for the elapsed portion of the year ended with the last day of such period, subject only to normal year-end and audit adjustments; provided, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.1, no financial statements delivered pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be required to include footnotes.

Section 6.2 Annual Financial Statements and Information. As soon as available, but in any event not later than the earlier of (a) the date such deliverables are required (if at all) by the Securities and Exchange Commission and (b) one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the related audited consolidated statement of operations for such fiscal year and for the previous fiscal year, the related audited consolidated statements of cash flow and stockholders’ equity for such fiscal year and for the previous fiscal year, which shall be accompanied by an opinion of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, together with a statement of such accountants (unless the giving of such statement is contrary to accounting practice for the continuing independence of such accountant) that in connection with their audit, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that the Borrower was not in compliance with Sections 7.5, 7.6 and 7.7 hereof insofar as they relate to accounting matters.

Section 6.3 Performance Certificates. At the time the financial statements are furnished pursuant to Sections 6.1 and 6.2 hereof, a certificate of the president or chief financial officer of the Borrower as to the financial performance of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D:

(a) setting forth as and at the end of such quarterly period or fiscal year, as the case may be, the arithmetical calculations required to establish whether or not the Borrower was in compliance with Sections 7.5, 7.6 and 7.7 hereof; and

-30-

(b) stating that, to the best of his or her knowledge, no Default has occurred and is continuing as at the end of such quarterly period or year, as the case may be, or, if a Default has occurred, disclosing each such Default and its nature, when it occurred, whether it is continuing and the steps being taken by the Borrower with respect to such Default.

Section 6.4 Copies of Other Reports.

(a) Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of the management letter prepared in connection with the annual audit referred to in Section 6.2 hereof.

(b) Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of any adverse notice or report regarding any License that would reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

(c) From time to time and promptly upon each request, such data, certificates, reports, statements, documents or further information regarding the business, assets, liabilities, financial position, projections, results of operations or business prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

(d) Prior to January 31st of each year, the annual budget for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, on a consolidated basis, forecasts of the income statement, the balance sheet, a cash flow statement and the capital expenditure budget for such year, on a quarter by quarter basis.

(e) Promptly after the sending thereof, copies of all statements, reports and other information which the Borrower sends to public security holders of the Borrower generally or publicly files with the Securities and Exchange Commission, but solely in the event that any such statement, report or information has not been made publicly available by the Securities and Exchange Commission on the EDGAR or similar system or by the Borrower on its internet website.

Section 6.5 Notice of Litigation and Other Matters. Unless previously disclosed in the public filings of the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission, notice specifying the nature and status of any of the following events, promptly, but in any event not later than fifteen (15) days after the occurrence of any of the following events becomes known to the Borrower:

(a) the commencement of all proceedings and investigations by or before any governmental body and all actions and proceedings in any court or before any

-31-

arbitrator against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the extent known to the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which would reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect;

(b) any material adverse change with respect to the business, assets, liabilities, financial position, results of operations or business prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than changes which have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect and other than changes in the industry in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries operates or the economy or business conditions in general;

(c) any Default, giving a description thereof and specifying the action proposed to be taken with respect thereto; and

(d) the commencement or threatened commencement of any litigation regarding any Plan or naming it or the trustee of any such Plan with respect to such Plan or any action taken by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate of the Borrower to withdraw or partially withdraw from any Plan or to terminate any Plan, that in each case would reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

ARTICLE 7 – NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any of the Obligations are outstanding and unpaid:

Section 7.1 Indebtedness; Guaranties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or otherwise become or remain obligated in respect of, or permit to be outstanding, any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any Guaranty) except:

(a) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and disclosed in the public filings of the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any refinancing, extensions, renewals and replacements (including through open market purchases and tender offers) of any such Indebtedness that do not (i) increase the outstanding principal amount or accreted value thereof (or, in the case of open market purchases and tender offers, exceed the current market value thereof) plus any accrued interest thereon, the amount of any premiums and any costs and expenses incurred to effect such refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement or (ii) result in an earlier maturity date or decrease the weighted average life thereof;

(b) Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(c) Indebtedness existing at the time a Subsidiary of the Borrower (not having previously been a Subsidiary) (i) becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or (ii) is merged or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that such Indebtedness is not created in contemplation of such merger or consolidation;

(d) Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens;

-32-

(e) Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(f) (i) obligations under Hedge Agreements with respect to the Loans and (ii) obligations under any Hedge Agreements with respect to Indebtedness (other than the Loans); provided that such Hedge Agreements referred to in clause (ii) hereof shall not be speculative in nature;

(g) Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of the Borrower, so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default exists or would be caused thereby and (ii) the principal outstanding amount of such Indebtedness at the time of its incurrence does not exceed (when taken together with (x) the principal outstanding amount at such time of Indebtedness incurred under Section 7.1(i) hereof (or portion thereof) that is guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (y) the Attributable Debt at such time relating to a transaction of the type described in Section 7.9 hereof entered into at any time after the Effective Date) $150,000,000 in the aggregate;

(h) Indebtedness under (i) the SpectraSite CMBS Facility and (ii) any additional CMBS Facilities entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including any increase of the SpectraSite CMBS Facility) so long as, in each case after giving pro forma effect to such CMBS Facility, the Borrower is in compliance with Sections 7.5, 7.6 and 7.7 hereof;

(i) other Indebtedness of the Borrower so long as, in each case after giving pro forma effect to such other Indebtedness, the Borrower is in compliance with Sections 7.5, 7.6 and 7.7 hereof;

(j) Guaranties by the Borrower of any of the foregoing except for the Indebtedness set forth under Section 7.1(h) hereof; and

(k) Guaranties by any Subsidiary of the Borrower of any of the foregoing except for the Indebtedness set forth under Section 7.1(h) hereof; provided that there shall be no prohibition against Guaranties by any Subsidiaries of the Borrower that (i) are special purposes entities directly involved in any CMBS Facilities and (ii) have no material assets other than the direct or indirect Ownership Interests in special purpose entities directly involved in such CMBS Facilities; provided further that the principal outstanding amount of any Indebtedness set forth in Section 7.1(i) hereof (or portion thereof) that is guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall not exceed (when taken together with (i) the principal outstanding amount at such time of Indebtedness incurred under Section 7.1(g) hereof and (ii) the Attributable Debt at such time relating to a transaction of the type described in Section 7.9 hereof entered into at any time after the Effective Date) $150,000,000 in the aggregate.

Section 7.2 Limitation on Liens. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or permit to exist or to be created, assumed, incurred or permitted to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for (i) Liens securing the Obligations (if any), (ii) Permitted Liens, and (iii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1(a) (but only if and to the extent such Indebtedness (or the Indebtedness which was refinanced, extended, renewed or replaced) is secured as of the date hereof), (g), (h) or (k) hereof.

-33-

Section 7.3 Liquidation, Merger or Disposition of Assets.

(a) Disposition of Assets. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, at any time sell, lease, abandon, or otherwise dispose of any assets (other than assets disposed of in the ordinary course of business), except for (i) the transfer of assets among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding Subsidiaries of such Persons described in clause (b) of the definition of “Subsidiary” if the requirements of clause (a) thereof are not otherwise met) or the transfer of assets between or among the Borrower’s Subsidiaries (excluding Subsidiaries of such Persons described in clause (b) of the definition of “Subsidiary” if the requirements of clause (a) thereof are not otherwise met), (ii) the transfer of assets by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to Unrestricted Subsidiaries representing an amount not to exceed, in any given fiscal year, five percent (5%) of Adjusted EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (iii) the disposition of assets for fair market value so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or will be caused to occur as a result of such disposition; provided that the fair market value of all such assets disposed of by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during any fiscal year shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of Consolidated Total Assets as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year. For the avoidance of doubt, cash and cash equivalents shall not be considered assets subject to the provisions of this Section 7.3(a).

(b) Liquidation or Merger. The Borrower shall not, at any time, liquidate or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) or otherwise wind up, or enter into any merger or consolidation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation among the Borrower and one or more of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Borrower is the surviving Person, (ii) in connection with an Acquisition permitted hereunder effected by a merger in which the Borrower is the surviving Person, or (iii) a merger or consolidation (including, without limitation, in connection with an Acquisition permitted hereunder) among the Borrower, on the one hand, and any other Person, on the other hand, where the surviving Person (if other than the Borrower) (A) is a corporation, partnership, or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and (B) on the effective date of such merger or consolidation expressly assumes, by supplemental agreement, executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Lenders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders, all the Obligations of the Borrower under the Notes, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that, in each case, no Default or Event of Default exists or would be caused thereby.

Section 7.4 Restricted Payments. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any Restricted Payments; provided, however, that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would be caused thereby.

Section 7.5 Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. (a) As of the end of each fiscal quarter and (b) at the time of the incurrence of any Indebtedness, the Borrower shall not permit the ratio of (i) Senior Secured Debt on such calculation date to (ii) Adjusted EBITDA, as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, in the case of clause (a) hereof, or as of the most recently completed fiscal

-34-

quarter preceding the calculation date for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2 hereof, in the case of clause (b) hereof, to be greater than 3.00 to 1.00.

Section 7.6 Total Borrower Leverage Ratio. (a) As of the end of each fiscal quarter and (b) at the time of the incurrence of any Indebtedness, the Borrower shall not permit the ratio of (i) Total Debt on such calculation date to (ii) Adjusted EBITDA, as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, in the case of clause (a) hereof, or as of the most recently completed fiscal quarter preceding the calculation date for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2 hereof, in the case of clause (b) hereof, to be greater than 6.00 to 1.00.

Section 7.7 Interest Coverage Ratio. As of the end of each fiscal quarter, based upon the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2 hereof for such quarter, the Borrower shall maintain a ratio of (a) Adjusted EBITDA as of the end of such fiscal quarter to (b) Interest Expense for the twelve (12) month period then ending, of not less than 2.50 to 1.00.

Section 7.8 Affiliate Transactions. Except as specifically provided herein (including, without limitation, Sections 7.1, 7.3 and 7.4 hereof), investments of cash and cash equivalents in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and as may be disclosed in the public filings of the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Effective Date, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, at any time engage in any transaction with an Affiliate, other than between or among the Borrower and/or any Subsidiaries of the Borrower, or make an assignment or other transfer of any of its properties or assets to any Affiliate, on terms less advantageous in any material respect to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be the case if such transaction had been effected with a non-Affiliate.

Section 7.9 Sales and Leasebacks. The Borrower shall not and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter into, any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any third party whereby the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and whereby the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall then or thereafter rent or lease as lessee such property or any part thereof or other property which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries intend to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred, except for such arrangements for fair market value; provided, however, that the Attributable Debt at any time relating to a transaction of the type described in this Section 7.9 entered into at any time after the Effective Date shall not exceed (when taken together with (a) the principal outstanding amount at such time of Indebtedness incurred under Section 7.1(i) hereof (or portion thereof) that is guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (b) the principal outstanding amount at such time of Indebtedness incurred under Section 7.1(g) hereof) $150,000,000 in the aggregate.

Section 7.10 Restrictive Agreements. The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and

-35-

conditions imposed by Applicable Law or by any Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary of the Borrower pending such sale; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions contained in any instrument governing Indebtedness or Ownership Interests of a Person acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred, or such Ownership Interests were issued, in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the property or assets of the Person so acquired, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those instruments; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions contained in any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, taken as whole, are not materially more restrictive than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in instruments as in effect on the date of acquisition, (iv) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or lessors under contracts or leases entered into in the ordinary course of business, (v) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials or other intellectual property and customary provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreements or any rights thereunder, (vi) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by contracts or leases entered into in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with such Person’s customers, lessors or suppliers and (vii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed upon the “borrower”, “issuer”, “guarantor”, “pledgor” or “lender” entities under CMBS Facilities permitted under Section 7.1(h) hereof or which arise in connection with any payment default regarding Indebtedness otherwise permitted under Section 7.1 hereof.

ARTICLE 8 – DEFAULT

Section 8.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default, whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any governmental or non-governmental body:

(a) any representation or warranty made under this Agreement shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof;

(b) the Borrower shall default in the payment of (i) any interest hereunder or under any of the Notes or fees or other amounts payable to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any of them, when due, and such Default shall not be cured by payment in full within three (3) Business Days from the due date or (ii) any principal hereunder or under any of the Notes when due;

-36-

(c) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, as applicable, shall default in the performance or observance of any agreement or covenant contained in Sections 5.8, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7 and 7.10 hereof;

(d) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, shall default in the performance or observance of any other agreement or covenant contained in this Agreement not specifically referred to elsewhere in this Section 8.1, and such default shall not be cured within a period of thirty (30) days (or with respect to Sections 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 6.4, 6.5, 7.8 and 7.9 hereof, such longer period not to exceed sixty (60) days if such default is curable within such period and the Borrower is proceeding in good faith with all diligent efforts to cure such default) from the later of (i) occurrence of such Default and (ii) the date on which such Default became known to the Borrower;

(e) there shall occur any default in the performance or observance of any agreement or covenant or breach of any representation or warranty contained in any of the Loan Documents (other than this Agreement or as otherwise provided in this Section 8.1) by the Borrower, which shall not be cured within a period of thirty (30) days (or such longer period not to exceed sixty (60) days if such default is curable within such period and the Borrower is proceeding in good faith with all diligent efforts to cure such default) from the date on which such default became known to any of the Borrower;

(f) there shall be entered and remain unstayed a decree or order for relief in respect of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary Group under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy law or other similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or similar official of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary Group, or of any substantial part of their respective properties, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary Group; or an involuntary petition shall be filed against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary Group, and (i) such petition shall not be diligently contested, or (ii) any such petition shall continue undismissed or unstayed for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days;

(g) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary Group shall file a petition, answer or consent seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy law or other similar law, or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary Group shall consent to the institution of proceedings thereunder or to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment or taking of possession of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary Group or of any substantial part of their respective properties, or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary Group shall fail generally to pay their respective debts as they become due or shall be adjudicated insolvent; or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary Group shall take any action in furtherance of any such action;

(h) a judgment not covered by insurance or indemnification, where the indemnifying party has agreed to indemnify and is financially able to do so, shall be entered by

-37-

any court against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary Group for the payment of money which exceeds singly, or in the aggregate with other such judgments, $25,000,000.00, or a warrant of attachment or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against property of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary Group which, together with all other such property of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary Group subject to other such process, exceeds in value $25,000,000.00 in the aggregate, and if, within thirty (30) days after the entry, issue or levy thereof, such judgment, warrant or process shall not have been paid or discharged or stayed pending appeal or removed to bond, or if, after the expiration of any such stay, such judgment, warrant or process, shall not have been paid or discharged or removed to bond;

(i) except to the extent that would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect collectively or individually, (i) there shall be at any time any “accumulated funding deficiency,” as defined in ERISA or in Section 412 of the Code, with respect to any Plan maintained by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, or to which the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has any liabilities, or any trust created thereunder; (ii) a trustee shall be appointed by a United States District Court to administer any such Plan; (iii) PBGC shall institute proceedings to terminate any such Plan; (iv) the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate shall incur any liability to PBGC in connection with the termination of any such Plan; or (v) any Plan or trust created under any Plan of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate shall engage in a “prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) which would subject any such Plan, any trust created thereunder, any trustee or administrator thereof, or any party dealing with any such Plan or trust to material tax or penalty on “prohibited transactions” imposed by Section 502 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code;

(j) there shall occur (i) any acceleration of the maturity of any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $25,000,000.00, or, as a result of a failure to comply with the terms thereof, such Indebtedness shall otherwise have become due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity; or (ii) any failure to make any payment when due (after any applicable grace period) with respect to any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (other than the Obligations) in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $25,000,000.00; provided that in no event shall any of the foregoing apply to Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is designated as of the Effective Date as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under the indentures governing the February 2004 Senior Notes or October 2004 Senior Notes;

(k) any material Loan Document or any material provision thereof, shall at any time and for any reason be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be null and void, or a proceeding shall be commenced by the Borrower or by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Borrower seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof (exclusive of questions of interpretation of any provision thereof), or the Borrower shall deny that it has any liability or obligation for the payment of principal or interest purported to be created under any Loan Document (other than in accordance with its terms); or

(l) there shall occur any Change of Control.

-38-

Section 8.2 Remedies.

(a) If an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1 (other than an Event of Default under Section 8.1(f) or (g) hereof) shall have occurred and shall be continuing, the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Majority Lenders but subject to Section 9.8 hereof, shall (i) terminate the Commitments (to the extent the Commitments are still in effect at such time) and/or (ii) declare the principal of and interest on the Loans and the Notes, if any, and all other amounts owed to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the Notes and any other Loan Documents to be forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything in this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

(b) Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1(f) or (g) hereof, all principal, interest and other amounts due hereunder and under the Notes, and all other Obligations, shall thereupon and concurrently therewith become due and payable, the Commitments shall forthwith terminate (to the extent the Commitments are still in effect at such time) and the principal amount of the Loans outstanding hereunder shall bear interest at the Default Rate, all without any action by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Majority Lenders or any of them, and without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived, anything in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding.

(c) Upon acceleration of the Loans, as provided in Section 8.2(a) or (b) hereof, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have all of the post-default rights granted to them, or any of them, as applicable under the Loan Documents and under Applicable Law.

(d) The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder shall be cumulative, and not exclusive.

Section 8.3 Payments Subsequent to Declaration of Event of Default. Subsequent to the acceleration of the Loans under Section 8.2 hereof, payments and prepayments under this Agreement made to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or otherwise received by any of such Persons shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent (if necessary) and distributed by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the Administrative Agent’s and Lenders’ reasonable costs and expenses, if any, incurred in connection with the collection of such payment or prepayment, including, without limitation, all amounts under Section 11.2(b) hereof; second, to the Administrative Agent for any fees hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents then due and payable; third, to the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their respective unpaid principal amounts, for the payment of any unpaid interest which may have accrued on the Obligations and any fees hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents then due and payable; fourth, to the Lenders pro rata until all Loans have been paid in full for the payment of the Loans (including the aforementioned obligations under Hedge Agreements); fifth, to the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their respective unpaid amounts, for the payment of any other unpaid Obligations; and sixth, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Applicable Law.

-39-

ARTICLE 9 – THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 9.1 Appointment and Authorization. Each Lender hereby appoints and authorizes, and hereby agrees that it will require any transferee of any of its interest in its portion of the Loans and in its Note, if any, to appoint and authorize, the Administrative Agent to take such actions as its agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as are delegated by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Neither the Administrative Agent, nor any of its respective directors, officers, employees or agents, shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder or in connection herewith, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judicial order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 9.2 Interest Holders. The Administrative Agent may treat each Lender, or the Person designated in the last notice filed with the Administrative Agent, as the holder of all of the interests of such Lender in its portion of the Loans and in its Note, if any, until written notice of transfer, signed by such Lender (or the Person designated in the last notice filed with the Administrative Agent) and by the Person designated in such written notice of transfer, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent.

Section 9.3 Consultation with Counsel. The Administrative Agent may consult with Kilpatrick Stockton LLP, Atlanta, Georgia, special counsel to the Administrative Agent, or with other legal counsel selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in consultation with the Majority Lenders and in reasonable reliance on such consultations.

Section 9.4 Documents. The Administrative Agent shall be under no duty to examine, inquire into, or pass upon the validity, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any Note, any other Loan Document, or any instrument, document or communication furnished pursuant hereto or in connection herewith, and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that they are valid, effective and genuine, have been signed or sent by the proper parties and are what they purport to be.

Section 9.5 Administrative Agent and Affiliates. With respect to the Commitments and the Loans, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender, and the Administrative Agent and Affiliates of the Administrative Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates of, or Persons doing business with, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates, as if they were not affiliated with the Administrative Agent and without any obligation to account therefor.

Section 9.6 Responsibility of the Administrative Agent. The duties and obligations of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement are only those expressly set forth in this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unless it has actual knowledge, or has been notified in

-40-

writing by the Borrower, of such fact, or has been notified by a Lender in writing that such Lender considers that a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and such Lender shall specify in detail the nature thereof in writing. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable hereunder for any action taken or omitted to be taken except for its own respective gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judicial order of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Administrative Agent shall provide each Lender with copies of such documents received from the Borrower as such Lender may reasonably request.

Section 9.7 Action by the Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to use its discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any rights which may be vested in it by, and with respect to taking or refraining from taking any action or actions which it may be able to take under or in respect of, this Agreement, unless any of the Administrative Agent shall have been instructed by the Majority Lenders (or, where expressly required, all Lenders) to exercise or refrain from exercising such rights or to take or refrain from taking such action; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent shall not exercise any rights under Section 8.2(a) hereof without the request of the Majority Lenders (or, where expressly required, all the Lenders), unless time is of the essence, in which case, such action can be taken at the discretion of the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement with respect to anything which it may do or refrain from doing in the reasonable exercise of its judgment or which may seem to it to be necessary or desirable in the circumstances, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judicial order of a court having jurisdiction over the subject matter.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall not be liable to the Lenders or to any Lender or to the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any other obligor under any Loan Document in acting or refraining from acting under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, where expressly required, all of the Lenders), and any action taken or failure to act pursuant to such instructions shall be binding on all of the Lenders, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judicial order of a court having jurisdiction over the subject matter. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to take any action which is contrary to law or which would in its reasonable opinion subject it to liability.

Section 9.8 Notice of Default or Event of Default. In the event that the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall acquire actual knowledge, or shall have been notified, of any Default or Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall promptly notify the Lenders (provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not result in any liability on the part of such Lender or the Administrative Agent), and the Administrative Agent shall take such action and assert such rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as the Majority Lenders shall request in writing, and the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any liability by reason of its acting pursuant to any such request. If the Majority Lenders shall fail to request the Administrative Agent to take action or to assert rights under this Agreement or any other Loan Documents in respect of any Default or Event of Default within ten (10) days after their receipt of the notice of any Default or Event of Default from the Administrative Agent

-41-

or any Lender, or shall request inconsistent action with respect to such Default or Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, take such action and assert such rights (other than rights under Article 8 hereof) as it deems in its discretion to be advisable for the protection of the Lenders, except that, if the Majority Lenders have instructed the Administrative Agent not to take such action or assert such right, in no event shall the Administrative Agent act contrary to such instructions, unless time is of the essence, in which case, the Administrative Agent may act in accordance with its reasonable discretion.

Section 9.9 Responsibility Disclaimed. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any liability or responsibility whatsoever as the Administrative Agent:

(a) to the Borrower or any other Person as a consequence of any failure or delay in performance by, or any breach by, any Lender or Lenders of any of its or their obligations under this Agreement;

(b) to any Lender or Lenders as a consequence of any failure or delay in performance by, or any breach by, (i) the Borrower of any of its obligations under this Agreement or the Notes or any other Loan Document, or (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other obligor under any other Loan Document;

(c) to any Lender or Lenders, for any statements, representations or warranties in this Agreement, or any other document contemplated by this Agreement or any information provided pursuant to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other document contemplated by this Agreement, or for the validity, effectiveness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement, the Notes, any other Loan Document, or any other document contemplated by this Agreement; or

(d) to any Person for any act or omission other than that arising from gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent as determined by a final, non-appealable judicial order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 9.10 Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower) pro rata according to their respective Commitment/Loan Percentage, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses (other than the loss of principal, interest and fees hereunder in the event of a bankruptcy or out-of-court ‘work-out’ of the Loans), damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, or reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of experts, agents, consultants and counsel), or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other document contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other document contemplated by this Agreement, except that no Lender shall be liable to the Administrative Agent for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, or reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent as determined by a final, non-appealable judicial order of a court having jurisdiction over the subject matter.

-42-

Section 9.11 Credit Decision. Each Lender confirms that:

(a) in making its decision to enter into this Agreement and to make its portion of the Loans it has independently taken whatever steps it considers necessary to evaluate the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and that it has made an independent credit judgment, and that it has not relied upon the Administrative Agent or information provided by the Administrative Agent (other than information provided to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower and forwarded by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders); and

(b) so long as any portion of the Loans remains outstanding or such Lender has an obligation to make its portion of Advances hereunder, it will continue to make its own independent evaluation of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower.

Section 9.12 Successor Administrative Agent. Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided below, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower and may be removed at any time for cause by the Majority Lenders. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Majority Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent which appointment shall, prior to a Default, be subject to the consent of the Borrower, acting reasonably. If (a) no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders or (b) appointed, no successor Administrative Agent shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gave notice of resignation or the Majority Lenders removed the retiring Administrative Agent, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be any Lender or a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof which has combined capital and reserves in excess of $250,000,000.00 and which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges, duties and obligations of the retiring Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Administrative Agent the provisions of this Article shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent. In the event that the Administrative Agent or any of its respective Affiliates ceases to be a Lender hereunder, such Person shall resign its agency hereunder.

Section 9.13 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under the Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys selected by it using reasonable care, and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.

-43-

Section 9.14 No Responsibilities of the Agents. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, the Syndication Agent and the Co-Lead Arrangers (as set forth on the cover page hereof) shall not have any duties or responsibilities, nor shall the Syndication Agent or any of the Co-Lead Arrangers have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Syndication Agent or any of the Co-Lead Arrangers.

ARTICLE 10 – CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES

AFFECTING LIBOR ADVANCES AND INCREASED COSTS

Section 10.1 LIBOR Basis Determination Inadequate or Unfair. If with respect to any proposed LIBOR Advance for any Interest Period, the Administrative Agent determines after consultation with the Lenders that adequate and fair means do not exist for determining the LIBOR Basis, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such situation no longer exist, the obligations of any affected Lender to make its portion of such LIBOR Advances shall be suspended and each affected Lender shall make its portion of such LIBOR Advance as a Base Rate Advance.

Section 10.2 Illegality. If, after the date hereof, the adoption of any Applicable Law, or any change in any Applicable Law (whether adopted before or after the Effective Date), or any change in interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender with any directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Lender to make, maintain or fund its portion of LIBOR Advances, such Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the other Lenders and the Borrower. Before giving any notice to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 10.2, such Lender shall designate a different lending office if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice and will not, in the sole reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise materially disadvantageous to such Lender. Upon receipt of such notice, notwithstanding anything contained in Article 2 hereof, the Borrower shall repay in full the then outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s portion of each affected LIBOR Advance, together with accrued interest thereon, on either (a) the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such affected LIBOR Advances if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain and fund its portion of such LIBOR Advance to such day or (b) immediately if such Lender may not lawfully continue to fund and maintain its portion of such affected LIBOR Advances to such day. Concurrently with repaying such portion of each affected LIBOR Advance, the Borrower may borrow a Base Rate Advance from such Lender, whether or not it would have been entitled to effect such borrowing, and such Lender shall make such Advance, if so requested, in an amount such that the outstanding principal amount of the Advance shall equal the outstanding principal amount of the affected LIBOR Advance of such Lender immediately prior to such repayment.

-44-

Section 10.3 Increased Costs and Additional Amounts.

(a) If after the date hereof, the adoption of any Applicable Law, or any change in any Applicable Law (whether adopted before or after the Effective Date), or any interpretation or change in interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof or compliance by any Lender with any directive issued after the Effective Date (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency:

(i) shall subject any Lender to any Tax with respect to its obligation to make its portion of LIBOR Advances, or its portion of other Advances, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to any Lender of the principal of or interest on its portion of LIBOR Advances or in respect of any other amounts due under this Agreement, or its obligation to make its portion of Advances (except for changes with respect to Taxes imposed on the revenues or net income of such Lender, and except for any Taxes referred to in Section 10.3(b) hereof); or

(ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but excluding any included in an applicable Eurodollar Reserve Percentage), special deposit, capital adequacy, assessment or other requirement or condition against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or commitments or credit extended by, any Lender or shall impose on any Lender or the London interbank borrowing market any other condition affecting its obligation to make its portion of such LIBOR Advances or its portion of existing Advances;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any of its portion of LIBOR Advances, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender under this Agreement or under its Note, if any, with respect thereto, then, within ten (10) days after demand by such Lender, the Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender on an after-tax basis for such increased costs.

(b) All payments made by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income or other similar taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings (“Taxes”), now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any governmental authority, excluding any Taxes imposed on a Lender by reason of any connection between the Lender and the taxing jurisdiction other than executing, delivering, performing or enforcing this Agreement and receiving payments hereunder. If any such non-excluded Taxes (collectively, the “Non-Excluded Taxes”) are required to be withheld or deducted from any such payment, the Borrower shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by a Lender after such withholding or deduction is equal to the amount that the Lender would have received had no such withholding or deduction been required; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to increase any such amounts payable to any Lender if such Lender may lawfully comply with the requirements of

-45-

Section 2.10 hereof and fails to do so. Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of such Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fail to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as result of any such failure. The Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand therefor from the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as the case may be. The agreements set forth in this Section 10.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment and performance of all Obligations. Each Lender will promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle such Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section 10.3 and will designate a different lending office if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender made in good faith, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Borrower shall have no obligation to pay to any Lender any amount which the Borrower is liable to withhold due to the failure of such Lender to file any statement of exemption required under the Code in order to permit the Borrower to make payments to such Lender without such withholding.

(c) Any Lender claiming compensation under this Section 10.3 shall provide the Borrower with a written certificate setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and calculations therefor in reasonable detail. Such certificate shall be presumptively correct absent manifest error. In determining such amount, such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods. If any Lender demands compensation under this Section 10.3, the Borrower may at any time, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior notice to such Lender, Convert or Continue in full such Lender’s portion of the then outstanding LIBOR Advances to Base Rate Advances or LIBOR Advances not so affected, as the case may be. On the Payment Date immediately following such Conversion or Continuation of such outstanding LIBOR Advances, the Borrower shall pay accrued interest and fees thereon to the date thereof together with any reimbursement required under Section 2.7 hereof and this Section 10.3.

(d) The Borrower shall pay any present or future stamp, transfer or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes that may be imposed in connection with the execution, delivery or registration of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents.

Section 10.4 Effect On Other Advances. If notice has been given pursuant to Section 10.1, 10.2 or 10.3 hereof suspending the obligation of any Lender to make its portion of any type of LIBOR Advance, or requiring such Lender’s portion of LIBOR Advances to be repaid or prepaid, then, unless and until such Lender notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such repayment no longer apply, all amounts which would otherwise be made by such Lender as its portion of LIBOR Advances shall be instead as Base Rate Advances, unless otherwise notified by the Borrower.

-46-

Section 10.5 Claims for Increased Costs and Taxes; Replacement Lenders. In the event that any Lender shall decline to make LIBOR Advances pursuant to Sections 10.1 and 10.2 hereof or shall have notified the Borrower that it is entitled to claim compensation pursuant to Section 10.3, 2.6, 2.7 or 2.9 hereof or is unable to complete the form required or is subject to withholding on account of any Tax (each such lender being an “Affected Lender”), the Borrower at its own cost and expense may designate a replacement lender (a “Replacement Lender”) to assume the Commitment (to the extent the Commitments are still in effect at such time) and the obligations of any such Affected Lender hereunder, and to purchase the outstanding Loans of such Affected Lender and such Affected Lender’s rights hereunder and with respect thereto, and within ten (10) Business Days of such designation the Affected Lender shall (a) sell to such Replacement Lender, without recourse upon, warranty by or expense to such Affected Lender, by way of an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, for a purchase price equal to (unless such Lender agrees to a lesser amount) the outstanding principal amount of the Loans of such Affected Lender, plus all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts owing to such Affected Lender hereunder, including without limitation, payment by the Borrower of any amount which would be payable to such Affected Lender pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof (provided that the administrative fee set forth in Section 11.4(c)(iii) shall not apply to an assignment described in this clause (a)), and (b) assign the Commitment or Loans, as applicable, of such Affected Lender and upon such assumption and purchase by the Replacement Lender, such Replacement Lender shall be deemed to be a “Lender” for purposes of this Agreement and such Affected Lender shall cease to be a “Lender” for purposes of this Agreement and shall no longer have any obligations or rights hereunder (other than any obligations or rights which according to this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment and performance of all Obligations).

ARTICLE 11 – MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 Notices.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (unless otherwise specifically stated therein) shall be in writing and shall be delivered by (1) hand, (2) overnight courier service, (3) mailed by certified or registered mail, or (4) sent by telecopy, as follows:

(i) If to the Borrower, to it at:

American Tower Corporation

116 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

Attn: Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel

Telecopy No.: (617) 375-7575

-47-

with a copy to:

Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP

One Liberty Plaza

New York, New York 10006

Attn: Robert P. Davis, Esq.

Telecopy No.: (212) 225-3999

(ii) If to the Administrative Agent, to it at:

Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC,

as Administrative Agent

77 King Street West

18^th Floor

Toronto, Ontario

Canada M5K 1A2

Attn.: Alice Mare and Elhamy Khalil

Telecopy No.: (416) 307-3826

with a copy to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

4 New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004-2413

Attn: Padmini Persaud

Telecopy No.: (212) 623-1310

TD Securities (USA) LLC

31 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019-6101

Attn: David Perlman

Telecopy No.: (212) 827-7232

and with a copy to:

Kilpatrick Stockton LLP

1100 Peachtree Street

Suite 2800

Atlanta, Georgia 30309-4530

Attn: Douglas S. Gosden, Esq.

Telecopy No.: (404) 541-3112

(iii) If to the Lenders, to them at the addresses set forth beside their names as set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto.

The failure to provide copies shall not affect the validity of the notice given to the primary recipient.

-48-

(b) Any party hereto may change the address to which notices shall be directed under this Section 11.1 by giving ten (10) days’ written notice of such change to the other parties. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, delivery may also be made by the posting of any required documents, reports, certificates, or other information to the Intralinks system or any other electronic distribution system to which all Lenders have access and provided that all Lenders are notified in writing (or electronically) that such posting has occurred. The Borrower acknowledges that (i) the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution, (ii) Intralinks, or any other electronic platform, is provided “as is” and “as available” and (iii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates warrants the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of Intralinks, or any other electronic platform. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in connection with Intralinks or any other electronic platform.

(d) All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on (i) the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by telecopy or electronic mail, (ii) the date of posting if made through Intralinks or any other electronic platform, or (iii) on the date five (5) Business Days after dispatch by registered mail if mailed, or an earlier date if sooner received, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 11.1.

Section 11.2 Expenses. The Borrower will promptly pay, or reimburse:

(a) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder any amendments, waivers and consents associated therewith, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of Kilpatrick Stockton LLP, Atlanta, Georgia, special counsel for the Administrative Agent; and

(b) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Syndication Agent of enforcement under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of collection if an Event of Default occurs in the payment of the Notes, which in each case shall include, without limitation, reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for the Administrative Agent, each of the Lenders and the Syndication Agent.

Section 11.3 Waivers. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which they would otherwise have. No failure or delay by the

-49-

Administrative Agent, the Majority Lenders and the Lenders, or any of them, in exercising any right, shall operate as a waiver of such right. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 11.11, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

Section 11.4 Assignment and Participation.

(a) The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of each Lender.

(b) Each Lender may at any time sell assignments or participations of up to one hundred percent (100%) of its interest hereunder to (i) one (1) or more Affiliates of such Lender (provided, however, that if such Affiliate is not a financial institution, such Lender shall be obligated to repurchase such assignment if such Affiliate is unable to honor its obligations hereunder), (ii) any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any Operating Circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank (provided, however, that no such assignment shall relieve such Lender from its obligations hereunder) or (iii) any Person who is a Lender on such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no assignee of, or participant with respect to, any interest sold hereunder pursuant to this Section 11.4(b) shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 10.3 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the interest sold.

(c) Each Lender may at any time sell assignments or participations to one or more Persons pursuant to which each Lender may assign or participate its interest under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its interest in any particular Advance or portion thereof; provided, however, that (1) all assignments (other than assignments described in Section 11.4(b) hereof) shall be in minimum principal amounts of the lesser of (X) $1,000,000.00 or (Y) the amount of such Lender’s Loans and (2) all assignments and participations (other than assignments and participations described in Section 11.4(b) hereof) hereunder shall be subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

(i) no assignment shall be sold without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent and, prior to the occurrence and continuation of a Default or Event of Default, the consent of the Borrower, in each case, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned;

(ii) any Person purchasing a participation or an assignment of any portion of the Loans from any Lender shall be required to represent and warrant that its purchase shall not constitute a “prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code);

-50-

(iii) the Borrower, the Lenders, and the Administrative Agent agree that assignments permitted hereunder (including the assignment of any Advance or portion thereof) may be made with all voting rights, and shall be made pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, and an administrative fee of $3,500.00 shall be payable to the Administrative Agent either by the assigning Lender or the assignee thereof at the time of any assignment under this Section 11.4(c);

(iv) no participation agreement shall confer any rights under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any purchaser thereof, or relieve any issuing Lender from any of its obligations under this Agreement, and all actions hereunder shall be conducted as if no such participation had been granted; provided, however, that any participation agreement may confer on the participant the right to approve or disapprove items requiring consent pursuant to Section 11.11 (a)(ii) hereof of an affected Lender for the Loans to which such participation agreement applies;

(v) each Lender agrees to provide the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with prompt written notice of any issuance of assignments of its interests hereunder;

(vi) no assignment, participation or other transfer of any rights hereunder or under the Notes shall be effected that would result in any interest requiring registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or qualification under any state securities law;

(vii) no such assignment may be made to any bank or other financial institution (x) with respect to which a receiver or conservator (including, without limitation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Resolution Trust Company or the Office of Thrift Supervision) has been appointed or (y) that is not “adequately capitalized” (as such term is defined in Section 131(b)(1)(B) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act as in effect on the Effective Date); and

(viii) each Lender shall, and shall cause each of its assignees to, provide to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the effective date of any assignment an appropriate Internal Revenue Service form as provided in Section 2.10 or as otherwise required by Applicable Law supporting such Lender’s or assignee’s position that no withholding by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for United States income tax payable by such Lender or assignee in respect of amounts received by it hereunder is required. No assignment shall confer any rights to receive any greater payments under Section 10.3 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the interest assigned.

(d) Except as specifically set forth in Section 11.4(b) or (c) hereof, nothing in this Agreement or the Notes, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any Person other than the respective parties hereto and thereto and their successors and assignees permitted hereunder and thereunder any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or other claim under this Agreement or the Notes.

-51-

(e) In the case of any participation, all amounts payable by the Borrower under the Loan Documents shall be calculated and made in the manner and to the parties hereto as if no such participation had been sold.

(f) The provisions of this Section 11.4 shall not apply to any purchase of participations among the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof.

(g) The Administrative Agent, acting, for this purpose only, as agent of the Borrower shall maintain, at no extra charge to the Borrower, a register (the “Register”) at the address to which notices to the Administrative Agent are to be sent under Section 11.1 hereof on which Register the Administrative Agent shall enter the name, address and taxpayer identification number (if provided) of the registered owner of the Loans evidenced by a Note or, upon the request of the registered owner, for which a Note has been requested. Except as set forth in Section 11.4(b)(ii) hereof, a Note and the Loans evidenced thereby may be assigned or otherwise transferred in whole or in part only by registration of such assignment or transfer of such Note and the Loans evidenced thereby on the Register. Except as set forth in Section 11.4(b)(ii) hereof, any assignment or transfer of all or part of such Loans and the Note evidencing the same shall be registered on the Register only upon compliance with the other provisions of this Section 11.4 and surrender for registration of assignment or transfer of the Note evidencing such Loans, duly endorsed by (or accompanied by a written instrument of assignment or transfer duly executed by) the registered owner thereof, and thereupon one or more new Notes in the same aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the designated assignee(s) or transferee(s) and, if less than the aggregate principal amount of such Notes is thereby transferred, the assignor or transferor. Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of any Note, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall treat the Person in whose name such Loans and the Note evidencing the same is registered as the owner thereof for the purpose of receiving all payments thereon and for all other purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(h) The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, with respect to such Lender’s information, at any reasonable time during the Administrative Agent’s regular business hours upon reasonable prior notice.

(i) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans may, without the consent of the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, pledge all or any portion of its rights under, and interest in, this Agreement and the Notes to any trustee or to any other representative of holders of obligations owed or securities issued, by such fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided, however, that any transfer to any Person upon the enforcement of such pledge or security interest may only be made subject to the assignment provisions of this Section 11.4.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “SPC”)

-52-

sponsored by such Granting Lender, identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Advance that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Advance and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Advance, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Advance pursuant to the terms hereof. The Loans by an SPC hereunder shall be Loans to the same extent, and as if, such Loans were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment and performance of all Obligations) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPC, it, solely in its capacity as a party hereto and to any other Loan Document, will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11.4, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Advances to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPC to support the funding or maintenance of Advances and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Advances to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC. This Section 11.4(j) may not be amended without the written consent of any SPC which has been designated in writing as provided in the first sentence hereof and holds any outstanding Loans. The designation by a Granting Lender of an SPC to fund Advances shall be deemed to be a representation, warranty, covenant and agreement by such Granting Lender to the Borrower and all other parties hereunder that (A) the funding and maintaining of such Advances by such SPC shall not constitute a “prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code), and (B) such designation, funding and maintenance would not result in any interest requiring registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or qualification under any state securities law. The SPC shall from time to time provide to the Borrower the tax and other forms required pursuant to Section 2.10 hereof with respect to such SPC as though such SPC were a Lender hereunder. In no event shall the Borrower or any Lender other than the Granting Lender be obligated hereunder to pay any additional amounts under any provision of this Agreement (pursuant to Article 10 hereof or otherwise) by reason of a Granting Lender’s designation of an SPC or the funding or maintenance of Advances by such SPC, in excess of amounts which the Borrower would have been obligated to pay if such Granting Lender had not made such designation and such Granting Lender were itself funding and maintaining such Advances. The Administrative Agent shall register the interest of any SPC in an Advance from time to time on the Register maintained pursuant to Section 11.4(g) hereof.

Section 11.5 Accounting Principles. All references in this Agreement to GAAP shall be to such principles as in effect from time to time. The Borrower shall deliver to the Lenders at

-53-

the same time as the delivery of any quarterly or annual financial statements required pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2 hereof, as applicable, (a) a description in reasonable detail of any material variation between the application of GAAP employed in the preparation of such statements and the application of GAAP employed in the preparation of the next preceding quarterly or annual financial statements, as applicable, and (b) reasonable estimates of the differences between such statements arising as a consequence thereof. If, within thirty (30) days after the delivery of the quarterly or annual financial statements referred to in the immediately preceding sentence, the Majority Lenders shall object in writing to the Borrower’s determining compliance hereunder on such basis, (1) calculations for purposes of determining compliance hereunder shall be made on a basis consistent with those used in the preparation of the latest financial statements as to which such objection shall not have been made, or (2) if requested by the Borrower, the Majority Lenders will negotiate in good faith to amend the covenants herein to give effect to the changes in GAAP in a manner consistent with this Agreement (and so long as the Borrower complies in good faith with the provisions of this Section 11.5, no Default or Event of Default shall occur hereunder solely as a result of such changes in GAAP).

Section 11.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 11.7 Governing Law. This Agreement and the Notes shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed the State of New York. If any action or proceeding shall be brought by the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document in order to enforce any right or remedy under this Agreement or under any Note or any other Loan Document, the Borrower hereby consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any New York State or U.S. federal court of competent jurisdiction sitting in the County of New York on the date of this Agreement. The Borrower hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, service of the summons and complaint and all other process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding may be effected by mailing by registered mail a copy of such process to the offices of the Borrower at the address given in Section 11.1 hereof and that personal service of process shall not be required. Nothing herein shall be construed to prohibit service of process by any other method permitted by law, or the bringing of any suit, action or proceeding in any other jurisdiction.

Section 11.8 Severability. To the extent permitted by law, any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof in that jurisdiction or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 11.9 Interest.

(a) In no event shall the amount of interest due or payable hereunder or under the Notes exceed the maximum rate of interest allowed by Applicable Law, and in the event any such payment is inadvertently made by the Borrower or inadvertently received by the

-54-

Administrative Agent or any Lender, then such excess sum shall be credited as a payment of principal, unless, if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent or such Lender, in writing, that it elects to have such excess sum returned forthwith. It is the express intent hereof that the Borrower not pay and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders not receive, directly or indirectly in any manner whatsoever, interest in excess of that which may legally be paid by the Borrower under Applicable Law.

(b) Notwithstanding the use by the Lenders of the Base Rate and the LIBOR as reference rates for the determination of interest on the Loans, the Lenders shall be under no obligation to obtain funds from any particular source in order to charge interest to the Borrower at interest rates related to such reference rates.

Section 11.10 Table of Contents and Headings. The Table of Contents and the headings of the various subdivisions used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not in any way modify or amend any of the terms or provisions hereof, nor be used in connection with the interpretation of any provision hereof.

Section 11.11 Amendment and Waiver.

(a) Neither this Agreement nor any Loan Document nor any term hereof or thereof may be amended orally, nor may any provision hereof or thereof be waived orally but only by an instrument in writing signed by or at the written direction of:

(i) except as set forth in (ii) and (iii) below, the Majority Lenders and, in the case of any amendment, by the Borrower;

(ii) with respect to (A) any increase in the amount of any Lender’s portion of the Commitments or its respective Commitment/Loan Percentage or any extension of any Lender’s Commitments, (B) any reduction or postponement in interest or fees due hereunder or the payment thereof to any Lender without a corresponding payment of such interest or fee amount by the Borrower, (C) (1) any waiver of any Default due to the failure by the Borrower to pay any sum due to any of the Lenders hereunder or (2) any reduction in the principal amount of the Loans without a corresponding payment, (D) any release of the Borrower from this Agreement, except in connection with a merger, sale or other disposition otherwise permitted hereunder (in which case, such release shall require no further approval by the Lenders), (E) any amendment to the pro rata treatment of the Lenders set forth in Section 2.8 hereof, (F) any amendment of this Section 11.11, of the definition of Majority Lenders, or of any Section herein to the extent that such Section requires action by all Lenders, (G) any subordination of the Loans in full to any other Indebtedness, or (H) any extension of a Maturity Date, the affected Lenders and in the case of an amendment, the Borrower (it being understood that, for purposes of this Section 11.11(a)(ii), changes to provisions of the Loan Documents that relate only to one or more of the Loans shall be deemed to “affect” only the Lenders holding such Loans); and

-55-

(iii) in the case of any amendment to any provision hereunder governing the rights, obligations, or liabilities of the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such, the Administrative Agent and by each of the Lenders.

(b) In connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “Proposed Change”) requiring the consent of all Lenders, if the consent of Majority Lenders is obtained, but the consent of the other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained being referred to as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then, at the Borrower’s request (and at the Borrower’s sole cost and expense), a Replacement Lender selected by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, shall have the right to purchase from such Non-Consenting Lenders, and such Non-Consenting Lenders agree that they shall, upon the Borrower’s request, sell and assign to such Person, all of the Commitments or outstanding Loans, as applicable, of such Non-Consenting Lenders for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Loans held by the Non-Consenting Lenders and all accrued interest and fees and other amounts due (including without limitation amounts due to such Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof) or outstanding to such Non-Consenting Lender through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form on Exhibit E attached hereto. Upon execution of any Assignment and Assumption Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.11(b), (i) the Replacement Lender shall be entitled to vote on any pending waiver, amendment or consent in lieu of the Non-Consenting Lender replaced by such Replacement Lender, (ii) such Replacement Lender shall be deemed to be a “Lender” for purposes of this Agreement and (iii) such Non-Consenting Lender shall cease to be a “Lender” for purposes of this Agreement and shall no longer have any obligations or rights hereunder (other than any obligations or rights which according to this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment and performance of all Obligations).

Section 11.12 Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the other documents described or contemplated herein or therein will embody the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and thereto and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

Section 11.13 Other Relationships; No Fiduciary Relationships. No relationship created hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall in any way affect the ability of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to enter into or maintain business relationships with the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof beyond the relationships specifically contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Borrower agrees that in connection with all aspects of the transactions contemplated hereby and any communications in connection therewith, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, will have a business relationship that does not create, by implication or otherwise, any fiduciary duty on the part of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates, and no such duty will be deemed to have arisen in connection with any such transactions or communications.

-56-

Section 11.14 Directly or Indirectly. If any provision in this Agreement refers to any action taken or to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person, whether or not expressly specified in such provision.

Section 11.15 Reliance on and Survival of Various Provisions. All covenants, agreements, statements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall (a) be deemed to have been relied upon by the Administrative Agent, each of the Lenders notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by them and (b) survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Loans are outstanding and unpaid. Any right to indemnification hereunder, including, without limitation, rights pursuant to Sections 2.7, 2.9, 10.3 and 11.2 hereof, shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment and performance of all Obligations.

Section 11.16 Senior Debt. The Obligations are intended by the parties hereto to be senior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Borrower that by its terms is subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Borrower.

Section 11.17 Obligations. The obligations of the Administrative Agent, each of the Lenders hereunder are several, not joint.

Section 11.18 Confidentiality. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall hold confidentially all non-public and proprietary information and all other information designated by the Borrower as confidential, in each case, obtained from the Borrower or its Affiliates pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement in accordance with their customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature and in accordance with safe and sound lending practices; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may make disclosure of any such information (a) to their examiners, Affiliates, outside auditors, counsel, consultants, appraisers, other professional advisors and any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in swap agreements or such counterparty’s professional advisor in connection with this Agreement or as reasonably required by any proposed syndicate member or any proposed transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated transfer of any Note or participation therein (including, without limitation, any pledgee referred to in Section 11.4(i) hereof), in each case, so long as any such Person (other than any examiners) receiving such information is advised of the provisions of this Section 11.18 and agrees to be bound thereby, (b) as required or requested by any governmental authority or self-regulatory body or representative thereof or in connection with the enforcement hereof or of any Loan Document or related document or (c) pursuant to legal process or with respect to any litigation between or among the Borrower and any of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any Lender be obligated or required to return any materials furnished to it by the Borrower. The foregoing provisions shall not apply to the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public (other than through the Administrative Agent or such Lender), (ii) is already in the possession of the Administrative Agent or such Lender on a non-confidential basis, or (iii) comes into the possession of the Administrative Agent or such Lender from a source other than the Borrower or its Affiliates in a manner not known to the Administrative Agent or such Lender to involve a breach of a duty of confidentiality owing to the Borrower or its Affiliates.

-57-

ARTICLE 12 – WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

Section 12.1 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS, HEREBY AGREE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TO WAIVE AND HEREBY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY COURT AND IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING OF ANY TYPE IN WHICH THE BORROWER, ANY OF THE LENDERS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS IS A PARTY, AS TO ALL MATTERS AND THINGS ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE NOTES OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE RELATIONS AMONG THE PARTIES LISTED IN THIS SECTION 12.1. EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LITIGATION REFERRED TO IN THIS SECTION, ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION HAVE BEEN FULLY DISCLOSED BY AND TO THE PARTIES AND THE PROVISIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO NO EXCEPTIONS. NO PARTY HAS IN ANY WAY AGREED WITH OR REPRESENTED TO ANY OTHER PARTY THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION WILL NOT BE FULLY ENFORCED IN ALL INSTANCES.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

-58-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or caused it to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

BORROWER:	AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION
	By:	/s/ James D. Taiclet, Jr.
	Name:	James D. Taiclet, Jr.
	Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LENDERS:	TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC, as Administrative Agent and as a Lender
	By:	/s/ Ian Murray
	Name:	Ian Murray
	Title:	Authorized Signatory

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Syndication Agent and as a Lender
By:	/s/ Christophe Vohmann
Name:	Christophe Vohmann
Title:	Vice President

CALYON, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
By:	/s/ John McCloskey
Name:	John McCloskey
Title:	Managing Director
CALYON, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Alex Averbukh
Name:	Alex Averbukh
Title:	Director

CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Brian Caldwell
Name:	Brian Caldwell
Title:	Director
CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Shaheen Malik
Name:	Shaheen Malik
Title:	Associate

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Andrew Wynn
Name:	Andrew Wynn
Title:	Managing Director

EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION

ISSUER

7.000% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2017

DATED AS OF OCTOBER 1, 2007

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

TRUSTEE

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE^*

Trust Indenture Act Section		Indenture Section
310	(a)(1)	7.10
	(a)(2)	7.10
	(a)(3)	N.A.
	(a)(4)	N.A.
	(a)(5)	7.10
	(b)	7.10
	(c)	N.A.
311	(a)	7.11
	(b)	7.11
	(c)	N.A.
312	(a)	2.05
	(b)	12.03
	(c)	12.03
313	(a)	7.06
	(b)(1)	7.06
	(b)(2)	7.06; 7.07
	(c)	7.06; 12.02
	(d)	7.06
314	(a)	4.03; 4.04; 12.02
	(b)	N.A.
	(c)(1)	12.04
	(c)(2)	12.04
	(c)(3)	N.A.
	(d)	N.A.
	(e)	12.05
	(f)	N.A.
315	(a)	7.01
	(b)	7.05; 12.02
	(c)	7.01
	(d)	7.01
	(e)	6.11
316	(a)(last sentence)	2.09
	(a)(1)(A)	6.05
	(a)(1)(B)	6.04
	(a)(2)	N.A.
	(b)	6.07
	(c)	N.A.
317	(a)(1)	6.08
	(a)(2)	6.09
	(b)	2.04
318	(a)	12.01
	(b)	N.A.
	(c)	12.01

N.A. means not applicable

^* This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01.	Definitions.	1
Section 1.02.	Other Definitions.	17
Section 1.03.	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.	17
Section 1.04.	Rules of Construction.	18
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01.	Form and Dating.	18
Section 2.02.	Execution and Authentication.	20
Section 2.03.	Registrar and Paying Agent.	20
Section 2.04.	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.	21
Section 2.05.	Holder Lists.	21
Section 2.06.	Transfer and Exchange.	21
Section 2.07.	Replacement Notes.	29
Section 2.08.	Outstanding Notes.	30
Section 2.09.	Treasury Notes.	30
Section 2.10.	Temporary Notes.	30
Section 2.11.	Cancellation.	30
Section 2.12.	Defaulted Interest.	31
Section 2.13.	CUSIP or ISIN Numbers.	31
Section 2.14.	Additional Notes.	31
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
Section 3.01.	Notices to Trustee.	32
Section 3.02.	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.	32
Section 3.03.	Notice of Redemption.	32
Section 3.04.	Effect of Notice of Redemption.	33
Section 3.05.	Deposit of Redemption Price.	33
Section 3.06.	Notes Redeemed in Part.	34
Section 3.07.	Optional Redemption.	34
Section 3.08.	Mandatory Redemption.	34

i

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01.	Payment of Notes.	35
Section 4.02.	Maintenance of Office or Agency.	35
Section 4.03.	Reports.	35
Section 4.04.	Compliance Certificate.	37
Section 4.05.	Taxes.	37
Section 4.06.	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.	37
Section 4.07.	Limitation on Subsidiary Indebtedness.	37
Section 4.08.	Limitation on Liens.	39
Section 4.09.	Repurchase of the Notes Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.	40
Section 4.10.	Termination of Covenant.	41
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01.	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.	41
Section 5.02.	Successor Corporation Substituted.	41
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01.	Events of Default.	42
Section 6.02.	Acceleration.	43
Section 6.03.	Other Remedies.	44
Section 6.04.	Waiver of Past Defaults.	44
Section 6.05.	Control by Majority.	45
Section 6.06.	Limitation on Suits.	45
Section 6.07.	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.	45
Section 6.08.	Collection Suit by Trustee.	46
Section 6.09.	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	46
Section 6.10.	Priorities.	46
Section 6.11.	Undertaking for Costs.	47
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01.	Duties of Trustee.	47
Section 7.02.	Rights of Trustee.	48
Section 7.03.	Individual Rights of Trustee.	49
Section 7.04.	Trustee’s Disclaimer.	49

ii

Section 7.05.	Notice of Defaults.	49
Section 7.06.	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.	49
Section 7.07.	Compensation and Indemnity.	50
Section 7.08.	Replacement of Trustee.	51
Section 7.09.	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	51
Section 7.10.	Eligibility; Disqualification.	52
Section 7.11.	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.	52
Section 7.12.	Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company.	52
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01.	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	52
Section 8.02.	Legal Defeasance and Discharge.	52
Section 8.03.	Covenant Defeasance.	53
Section 8.04.	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.	54
Section 8.05.	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.	55
Section 8.06.	Repayment to Company.	56
Section 8.07.	Reinstatement.	56
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01.	Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders of Notes.	56
Section 9.02.	Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders of Notes.	58
Section 9.03.	Effect of Supplemental Indenture Amendment or Waiver.	60
Section 9.04.	Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.	60
Section 9.05.	Revocation and Effect of Consents.	60
Section 9.06.	Notation on or Exchange of Notes.	60
Section 9.07.	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	61
ARTICLE 10
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE 11
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 11.01.	Satisfaction and Discharge.	61
Section 11.02.	Notices.	62

iii

	ARTICLE 12
	MISCELLANEOUS
	Section 12.01.	Trust Indenture Act Controls.	62
	Section 12.02.	Notices.	63
	Section 12.03.	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.	64
	Section 12.04.	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	64
	Section 12.05.	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.	64
	Section 12.06.	Rules by Trustee and Agents.	64
	Section 12.07.	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.	65
	Section 12.08.	Governing Law.	65
	Section 12.09.	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	65
	Section 12.10.	Successors.	65
	Section 12.11.	Severability.	65
	Section 12.12.	Counterpart Originals.	65
	Section 12.13.	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	65
	Section 12.14.	Waiver of Jury Trial.	65
	Section 12.15.	Force Majeure.	66
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A    Form of Note
EXHIBIT B    Form of Certificate of Transfer
EXHIBIT C    Form of Certificate of Exchange

iv

INDENTURE dated as of October 1, 2007 between American Tower Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee.

The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 7.000% Senior Notes due 2017 (each, a “Note”, and, collectively, the “Notes”):

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01. Definitions.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, or is assumed in the acquisition of assets from such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred (a) in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person or (b) in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Additional Interest” means, at any time, all additional interest then owing under the Registration Rights Agreement or any registration rights agreement applicable to Additional Notes.

“Additional Note Board Resolution” means resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and delivered to the Trustee in an Officers’ Certificate providing for issuance of Additional Notes.

“Additional Note Supplemental Indenture” means a supplement to this Indenture duly executed and delivered by the Company and the Trustee pursuant to Article 9.

“Additional Notes” means the Company’s Notes originally issued after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.14, except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of, transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of other Notes pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 9.06, 3.06, or 4.09 hereof, as specified in the relevant Additional Note Board Resolutions or Additional Note Supplemental Indenture issued therefor in accordance with this Indenture.

“Adjusted EBITDA” means, for the 12-month period preceding the calculation date, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum of (a) Net Income, plus (b) to the extent deducted in determining Net Income, the sum of (i) Interest

1

Expense, (ii) income tax expense, including, without limitation, taxes paid or accrued based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes, (iii) depreciation and amortization (including, without limitation, amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets), (iv) extraordinary losses (including, without limitation, any such losses associated with the proposed settlement in the Verestar, Inc. litigation (together with any charges and expenses associated therewith)) and non-recurring non-cash charges and expenses, (v) all other non-cash charges, expenses and interest (including, without limitation, any non-cash losses in respect of Commodity Agreements, Currency Agreements or Interest Rate Agreements, non-cash impairment charges, non-cash valuation charges for stock option grants or vesting of restricted stock awards or any other non-cash compensation charges, and losses from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness) and (vi) non-recurring charges and expenses (including, without limitation, any such losses associated with the proposed settlement in the Verestar, Inc. litigation (together with any charges and expenses associated therewith)), restructuring charges, transaction expenses (including, without limitation, transaction expenses incurred in connection with any merger or acquisition) and underwriters’ fees or discounts, and severance and retention payments in connection with any merger or acquisition, in each case for such period, less extraordinary gains and cash payments (not otherwise deducted in determining net income) made during such period with respect to non-cash charges that were added back in a prior period; provided, however, (I) with respect to any Person that became a Subsidiary, or was merged with or consolidated into the Company or any Subsidiary, during such period, or any acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the assets of any Person during such period, “Adjusted EBITDA” shall, at the option of the Company in respect of any or all of the foregoing, also include the Adjusted EBITDA of such Person or attributable to such assets, as applicable, during such period as if such acquisition, merger or consolidation had occurred on the first day of such period and (II) with respect to any Person that has ceased to be a Subsidiary during such period, or any material assets of the Company or any Subsidiary sold or otherwise disposed of by the Company or any Subsidiary during such period, “Adjusted EBITDA” shall exclude the Adjusted EBITDA of such Person or attributable to such assets, as applicable, during such period as if such sale or disposition of such Subsidiary or such assets had occurred on the first day of such period.

“Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date:

(1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the Remaining Life, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month); or

2

(2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

The Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. No natural person who is an executive officer or director of a Person shall, solely by virtue of such position, be deemed to control such Person.

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

“Board of Directors” means either the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee of such Board duly authorized to act on its behalf.

“Board Resolution” means one or more resolutions duly adopted or consented to by the Board of Directors and in full force and effect.

“Business Day” means a day that (a) in the Place of Payment (or in any of the Places of Payment, if more than one) on which amounts are payable and (b) in the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located, is not a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or regulation to close.

3

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) marketable, direct obligations of the United States of America, its agencies and instrumentalities maturing within 365 days of the date of purchase;

(2) commercial paper and other short-term obligations of business savings accounts issued by corporations, each of which shall have a combined net worth of at least $100,000,000 and each of which conducts a substantial part of its business in the United States of America, maturing within 270 days from the date of original issue thereof, and whose issuer is, at the time of purchase, rated “P-2” or better by Moody’s or “A-2” or better by S&P;

(3) repurchase agreements, bankers’ acceptances and domestic and Eurodollar certificates of deposit maturing within 365 days of the date of purchase which are issued by, or time deposits maintained with

(a) a United States national or state bank (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking or depository institution authorities and having capital, surplus and undivided profits totaling more than $100,000,000 and rated “A” or better by Moody’s or S&P,

(b) a broker/dealer (acting as principal) registered as a broker or a dealer under Section 15 of the Exchange Act the unsecured short-term debt obligations of which are rated “P-1” by Moody’s and at least “A-1” by S&P at the date of purchase, or

4

(c) an unrated broker/dealer, acting as principal, that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (but substituting “Subsidiary” for “Restricted Subsidiary” in the definition thereof) of a non-bank or bank holding company, the unsecured short-term debt obligations of which are rated “P-1” by Moody’s and at least “A-1” by S&P at the date of purchase; and

(4) money market funds having a rating from Moody’s and S&P in the highest investment category granted thereby.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(2) any “person,” as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; provided that a transaction in which the Company becomes a Subsidiary of another Person shall not constitute a Change of Control if (a) the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of such other Person of whom the Company is a Subsidiary immediately following such transaction and (b) immediately following such transaction no person (as defined above) other than such other Person, Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; or

(3) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Ratings Decline.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking S.A. (or any successor securities clearing agency).

“Commodity Agreement” of any Person means any commodity forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which such Person is a party.

“Company” means American Tower Corporation or any and all successors thereto pursuant to Section 5.02.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such notes (“Remaining Life”).

5

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, for any redemption date, (1) the average of four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Independent Investment Banker obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations the average of all such quotations.

“Continuing Director” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors of the Company on the Issue Date; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

“Convertible Notes” means, collectively, (a) the 2.25% Convertible Notes Due 2009 issued pursuant to that certain indenture dated October 4, 1999 of the Company with The Bank of New York as trustee, (b) the 5.00% Convertible Notes Due 2010 issued pursuant to that certain indenture dated February 15, 2000 of the Company with The Bank of New York as trustee, (c) the 3.25% Convertible Notes due 2010 issued pursuant to that certain indenture dated August 4, 2003 of the Company with The Bank of New York as trustee and (d) the 3.00% Convertible Notes Due 2012 issued pursuant to that certain indenture dated August 17, 2004 of the Company with The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as trustee.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 222 Berkeley Street, 2nd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts, 02116, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

“Currency Agreement” of any Person means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is a party.

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

6

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

“Designated Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company (a) the Capital Stock of which the Company intends to distribute to its shareholders or (b) the assets or Capital Stock of which the Company intends to sell or otherwise dispose of to any Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, as evidenced by a Board Resolution.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes.

“Effectiveness Target Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a)(i) of the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system (or any successor securities clearing agency).

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Exchange Note” means any Note issued in exchange for an Original Note or Original Notes or an Additional Note or Additional Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and any Note with respect to which the next preceding Predecessor Note of such Note was an Exchange Note.

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A.

“Exchange Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A.

“Existing SpectraSite Indebtedness” means that certain mortgage loan more fully described in the Offering Memorandum dated April 27, 2007 regarding the $1,750,000,000 American Tower Trust I Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-1.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset, the price that (after taking into account any liabilities relating to such asset) would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive if evidenced by a Board Resolution.

7

“Fitch” means Fitch, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of, and whose principal business is conducted outside of, the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (for purposes of this definition only, the “United States”), or (b) any Subsidiary of such Person that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States whose only material assets are the Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries meeting clause (a) of this definition.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the standards, statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, consistently applied.

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(i), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

“Global Notes” means the global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

“Guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) in respect of borrowed money;

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable;

8

(6) representing obligations under any Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Agreements and Currency Agreements except for those entered into for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange risk; or

(7) in respect of all Disqualified Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any; provided that (a) if the Disqualified Stock does not have a fixed repurchase price, such maximum fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of the Disqualified Stock as if the Disqualified Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the applicable indenture, and (b) if the maximum fixed repurchase price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of the Disqualified Capital Stock, the fair market value shall be the Fair Market Value thereof;

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and obligations under Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Agreements and Currency Agreements) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person (the amount of such Indebtedness as of any date being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such property or assets as of such date or the principal amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person so secured) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and

(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company.

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

“Interest Expense” means, for any period, all cash interest expense (including imputed interest with respect to Capital Lease Obligations and commitment fees) with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such period pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness.

9

“Interest Payment Date” means April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning April 15, 2008.

“Interest Rate Agreement” of any Person means any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement, option or future contract or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is a party.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or greater than BBB- by S&P and Fitch and Baa3 by Moody’s or the equivalent thereof under any new ratings system if the ratings system of any such agency shall be modified after the date hereof, or the equivalent rating or any other Ratings Agency selected by the Company as provided by the definition of Ratings Agency.

“Issue Date” means the date on which the notes offered hereby are originally issued under the Indenture.

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

“Licenses” means, collectively, any telephone, microwave, radio transmissions, personal communications or other license, authorization, certificate of compliance, franchise, approval or permit, whether for the construction, ownership or operation of any communications tower facilities, granted or issued by the Federal Communications Commission (or other similar or successor agency of the federal government administering the Communications Act of 1934 or any similar or successor federal statute) and held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Lien” means, with respect to any property or assets, including Capital Stock, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“Net Income” means, for any period of determination, net income (loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Newly Created Subsidiary” means a newly created direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that is formed or organized after the Issue Date; provided that neither the Company

10

nor any Subsidiary of the Company shall have transferred, or may in the future transfer, any assets (other than cash or cash equivalents) to such Newly Created Subsidiary for so long as such Newly Created Subsidiary remains designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture and includes the Exchange Notes and the Original Notes and any Additional Notes.

“Offering” means the private offering of the Notes by the Company.

“Offering Circular” means the Confidential Offering Circular, dated September 24, 2007, including the documents incorporated by reference therein, relating to the private offering of the Original Notes.

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the chairman of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer, or any vice president and by the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the controller, any assistant controller, the secretary or any assistant secretary of such Person.

“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by the chairman of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer, or any vice president and by the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the controller, any assistant controller, the secretary or any assistant secretary of such Person in accordance with the requirements of Section 12.04 hereof.

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel that meets the requirements of Section 12.04 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

“Outstanding Notes” means (i) the 7.125% senior notes due 2012 issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of October 5, 2004, as amended (including by a supplemental indenture dated as of December 6, 2004) and (ii) the 7.50% senior notes due 2012 issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of February 4, 2004, as amended, in each case, for so long as such notes are outstanding and the indentures governing any such notes contain substantially all of the restrictive covenants as in effect on the Issue Date.

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

“Permitted Amount” means, on any date, an amount equal to 3.5 times Adjusted EBITDA as of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements of the Company are internally available immediately preceding such date.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1) Liens in favor of the Company or its Subsidiaries;

11

(2) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than those securing Existing SpectraSite Indebtedness) and renewals and replacements thereof;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

(4) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, vendors (solely to the extent arising by operation of law), laborers and materialmen incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or being diligently contested in good faith, if reserves or appropriate provisions shall have been made therefor;

(5) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker’s compensation and unemployment insurance, social security obligations, assessments or government charges which are not overdue for more than 60 days;

(6) restrictions on the transfer of Licenses or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries imposed by any of the Licenses as in effect on the Issue Date or imposed by the Communications Act of 1934, any similar or successor federal statute or the rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission (or other similar or successor agency of the federal government administering such Act or successor statute) thereunder, all as the same may be in effect from time to time;

(7) Liens arising by operation of law in favor of purchasers in connection with the sale of an asset; provided, however, that such Lien only encumbers the property being sold;

(8) Liens to secure performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds, bids or tenders;

(9) judgment Liens;

(10) Liens in connection with escrow or security deposits made in connection with any acquisition of assets;

(11) Liens securing (a) Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under clauses (3) and (5) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof and (b) Indebtedness of the Company of the type described under such clauses (3) and (5), provided that, solely for purposes of this definition of “Permitted Liens,” the $500.0 million limit in such clause (3) shall be in the aggregate for the Company and any Subsidiaries of the Company;

12

(12) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions, licenses or restrictions on use and other similar encumbrances on the use of real property that:

(a) are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business); and

(b) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(13) Liens on property of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company at the time the Company or such Subsidiary acquired the property, including acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Subsidiary, or an acquisition of assets, and any replacement thereof, provided, however, that such Liens are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition, and provided further that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

(14) leases and subleases of real property in the ordinary course of business (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding sale and lease-back transactions) which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business; and

(15) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that:

(a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law; and

(b) such deposit account is not intended to provide collateral to the depositary institution.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Place of Payment” means the place or places where the principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes are payable as determined in accordance with this Indenture.

“Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note issued before, and evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by, such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

13

“Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated September 24, 2007, among the Company and the Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

“Purchasers” means the several initial purchasers named in Schedule A of the Purchase Agreement.

“Ratings Agencies” means (1) Moody’s, S&P and Fitch; and (2) if any of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch ceases to rate the Notes or ceases to make a rating on the Notes publicly available, an entity registered as a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (registered as such pursuant to Rule 17g-1 of the Exchange Act) then making a rating on the Notes publicly available selected by the Company (as certified by an Officer’s Certificate), which shall be substituted for S&P, Moody’s or Fitch, as the case may be.

“Ratings Decline” means the occurrence of the following on, or within 90 days after, the date of the public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the intention by the Company or any third-party to effect a Change of Control (which period shall be extended for so long as the rating of the notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Ratings Agencies if such period exceeds 90 days): (1) in the event that the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating by all three Ratings Agencies, the Notes cease to have an Investment Grade Rating by two of the three Rating Agencies, (2) in the event that the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating by only two Ratings Agencies, the Notes cease to have an Investment Grade Rating by both such Rating Agencies, or (3) in any other event, the rating of the Notes by two of the three Ratings Agencies (or if there are less than three Rating Agencies rating the notes, the rating of each Rating Agency) decreases by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between rating categories) or is withdrawn.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means any of the primary U.S. Government securities dealers in New York City.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Independent Investment Banker at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

“Registered Notes” means the Exchange Notes and all other Notes sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, together with their respective Successor Notes.

“Registration Default” has the meaning set forth in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A.

14

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement among the Company and the Purchasers, dated the Issue Date, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

“Regular Record Date” has the meaning set forth in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as it may be amended from time to time.

“Regulation S Legend” means a legend substantially in the form of the legend required in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A to be placed upon each Regulation S Note.

“Regulation S Notes” means all Notes required pursuant to Section 2.06(f)(ii) to bear a Regulation S Legend. Such term includes the Regulation S Global Note.

“Responsible Officer” with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of its Indenture.

“Restricted Notes” means all Notes or any Additional Notes (or beneficial interest therein) not originally issued and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act required pursuant to Section 2.06(f)(ii) to bear any Restricted Notes Legend. Such term includes the Rule 144A Global Note.

“Restricted Notes Legend” means, collectively, the legends substantially in the forms of the legends required in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A to be placed upon each Restricted Note.

“Restricted Period” means, in the case of any Regulation S Notes, the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (i) the day on which Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the issue date for such Regulation S Notes.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as such Rule 144A may be amended from time to time.

“Rule 144A Notes” means the Notes purchased by the Purchasers from the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, other than the Regulation S Notes. Such term includes the Rule 144A Global Note.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

15

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Securities Act Legend” means a Restricted Notes Legend or a Regulation S Legend.

“Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A.

“Significant Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that would be a “significant subsidiary” of such Person as defined in Article 1, clauses (1) and (2), Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

“Stated Maturity” means, (1) with respect to any debt security, the date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such debt security is due and payable and (2) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any debt security, the date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person or (2) any partnership (A) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (B) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). The term “Subsidiary” with respect to the Company shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Successor Note” of any particular Note means every Note issued after, and evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by, such particular Note; and, for purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA.

“Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any other indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.

“Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (a) Verestar, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary or Newly Created Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary until such time as the Board of Directors may designate it to be a

16

Subsidiary, provided that no Default or Event of Default would occur or be existing following such designation, and (c) any subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing a Board Resolution with the Trustee giving effect to such designation. At the time of designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be deemed to incur outstanding Indebtedness and grant any existing Liens.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act.

“Verestar” means Verestar, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries; provided, that the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company may not transfer to Verestar assets with a Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer in excess of $100.0 million in the aggregate (other than cash or cash equivalents, as to which no such limit shall apply) for so long as Verestar remains designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is normally entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person.

Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

Term	Defined in Section
“Authentication Order”	2.02
“Change of Control Offer”	4.09
“Change of Control Payment”	4.09
“Change of Control Payment Date”	4.09
“Covenant Defeasance”	8.03
“DTC”	2.03
“Event of Default”	6.01
“incur”	4.07
“Legal Defeasance”	8.02
“Original Notes”	2.02
“Paying Agent”	2.03
“Registrar”	2.03
“Regulation S Global Note”	2.01
“Rule 144A Global Note”	2.01

Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

17

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA’s reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(f) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(g) references to “interest” on the Notes shall include Additional Interest; and

(h) references to the payment of “principal” on the Notes shall include applicable premium, if any.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01. Form and Dating.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Notes may consist of Original Notes, Additional Notes and/or Exchange Notes, which shall rank pari passu in right of payment with each other and with all other existing and future senior unsecured obligations of the Company. Unless the context otherwise requires, Original Notes and Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes shall be considered collectively to be a single class for all purposes of this Indenture, including without limitation waivers, amendments, redemptions and Change of Control Offers.

18

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).

Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions, repurchases and transfers of interests. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream, as amended, or any successor publications thereto, shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

(d) Rule 144A and Regulation S Global Notes. Upon their original issuance, Rule 144A Notes shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee, as Custodian for the Depositary, for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of beneficial owners of the Notes represented thereby (or such other accounts as they may direct). Such Global Notes, together with their Successor Notes which are Global Notes other than the Regulation S Global Notes, are collectively herein called the “Rule 144A Global Note.”

Upon their original issuance, Regulation S Notes shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes registered in the name of the Depositary, or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee, as Custodian for the Depositary, for credit to the respective accounts of the beneficial owners of the Notes represented thereby (or such other accounts as they may direct). Such Global Notes, together with their Successor Notes which are Global Notes other than the Rule 144A Global Note, are collectively herein called the “Regulation S Global Note.”

19

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication.

One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500 million (the “Original Notes”). Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture and after the effectiveness of a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect thereto, the Company may deliver Exchange Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Authentication Order for the authentication and delivery of such Exchange Notes and a like principal amount of Original Notes for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture, and the Trustee in accordance with an Authentication Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes. In authenticating such Exchange Notes, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating,

(i) that such Exchange Notes have been duly and validly issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, and are entitled to all the rights and benefits set forth herein; and

(ii) that the issuance of the Exchange Notes in exchange for the Original Notes has been effected in compliance with the Securities Act.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall promptly notify the

20

Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05. Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes, and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary, (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee, or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred

21

and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. The owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note will be entitled to receive a Definitive Note in exchange for such interest if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06, or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, that beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

In the event that Definitive Notes are not issued to each holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note promptly after the Registrar has received a request from the Holder of a Global Note to issue such Definitive Notes, the Company expressly acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 6.06 or 6.07 hereof, the right of any beneficial holder of Notes to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial holder’s Notes as if such Definitive Notes had been issued.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be

22

transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof.

(iii) Rule 144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note. If the owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to acquire the same in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with the provisions of this clause (iii) and clause (v) below and subject to the Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) an order given by the Depositary or its authorized representative directing that a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount be credited to a specified Participant’s account and that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in an equal principal amount be debited from another specified Participant’s account and (B) a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the owner of such beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar but subject to clause (v) below, shall reduce the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note and increase the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note by such specified principal amount.

(iv) Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note. If the owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to acquire the same in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with this clause (iv) and subject to the Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) an order given by the Depositary or its authorized representative directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in a specified principal amount be credited to a specified Participant’s account and that a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in an equal principal amount be debited from another specified Participant’s account and (B) if such transfer is to occur during the Restricted Period, a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the owner of such beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall reduce the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note and increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note by such specified principal amount.

23

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 2.06(a) and 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall bear the legend restricting transfers that is borne by such Global Note and shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.

(d) Transfer or Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes to exchange such Definitive Notes for a beneficial interest in a Global Note and such requesting Holder’s presenting or surrendering to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing, the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes and effect the transfer or exchange through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. The Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Note and cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be increased accordingly pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. If the Definitive Note to be transferred in whole or in part is a Restricted Note, or is a Regulation S Note and the transfer is to occur during the Restricted Period therefor, then the Trustee shall have received (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the transferor Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, in which case the transferee Holder shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note, or (B) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the transferor Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, in which case the transferee Holder shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (subject in every case to Section 2.06(f)).

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such requesting Holder’s presenting or surrendering to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing, the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes; provided that, if the Note to be transferred in whole or in part is a Restricted Note, or is a Regulation S Note and the transfer is to occur during the Restricted Period therefor, then the Trustee shall have received (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the transferor Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, in which case the transferee Holder shall take delivery in the form of a Restricted Note, or (B) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the transferor Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, in which case the transferee Holder shall take delivery in the form of a Regulation S Note (subject in every case to Section 2.06(f)).

24

(f) Legends.

(i) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by this Indenture, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO (IF AVAILABLE) OR (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (IV) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.”

(ii) Global Notes Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE

25

REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

(iv) Securities Act Legends. Rule 144A Notes and their Successor Notes shall bear a Restricted Notes Legend, and the Regulation S Notes and their Successor Notes shall bear a Regulation S Legend, subject to the following:

(1) subject to the following sub-clauses of this clause (iv), a Note or any portion thereof which is exchanged, upon transfer or

26

otherwise, for a Global Note or any portion thereof shall bear the Securities Act Legend borne by such Global Note while represented thereby;

(2) subject to the following sub-clauses of this clause (iv), a new Note which is not a Global Note and is issued in exchange for another Note (including a Global Note) or any portion thereof, upon transfer or otherwise, shall bear the Securities Act Legend borne by such other Note, provided that, if such new Note is required pursuant to Section 2.06(a) to be issued in the form of a Restricted Note, it shall bear a Restricted Note Legend and, if such new Note is so required to be issued in the form of a Regulation S Note, it shall bear a Regulation S Legend;

(3) Registered Notes shall not bear a Securities Act Legend;

(4) at any time after a Note may be freely transferred without registration under the Securities Act or without being subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to the Securities Act, a new Note which does not bear a Securities Act Legend may be issued in exchange for or in lieu of such Note (other than a Global Note) or any portion thereof which bears such a legend if the Trustee has received a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the Holder of such legended Note or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and after such date and receipt of such certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such a new Note in exchange for or in lieu of such other Note as provided in this Article 2;

(5) at any time after the expiration of the relevant Restricted Period, upon written request to the Trustee of the Holder of a Regulation S Note, a new Note which does not bear the Regulation S Legend may be issued in exchange for or in lieu of such Regulation S Note, and after such date and upon receipt of such certificate the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such a new Note in exchange for or in lieu of such Regulation S Note as provided in this Article 2;

(6) a new Note which does not bear a Securities Act Legend may be issued in exchange for or in lieu of a Note (other than a Global Note) or any portion thereof which bears such a legend if, in the Company’s judgment, placing such a legend upon such new Note is not necessary to ensure compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Trustee, at the written direction of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver such new Note as provided in this Article 2; and

27

(7) notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this clause (iv) of Section 2.06(f), a Successor Note of a Note that does not bear a particular form of Securities Act Legend shall not bear such form of legend unless the Company has reasonable cause to believe that such Successor Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144, in which case the Trustee, at the direction of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver a new Note bearing a Restricted Notes Legend in exchange for such Successor Note as provided in this Article 2.

(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company’s order or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.07, 4.09 and 9.06 hereof).

(iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

28

(v) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the date of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note (i) selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (ii) tendered for repurchase or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any Regular Record Date and ending at the close of business on such Regular Record Date.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any such Person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any Note.

(vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

29

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09. Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

Section 2.10. Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11. Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes in its customary manner in accordance with prudent business practices. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation except as expressly permitted pursuant to this Indenture.

30

Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest.

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner, plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Section 2.13. CUSIP or ISIN Numbers.

The Trustee shall use “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders if the Company uses “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers in issuing the Notes; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers.

Section 2.14. Additional Notes.

The Company may, from time to time, subject to compliance with any other applicable provisions of this Indenture, without the consent of the Holders, create and issue pursuant to this Indenture additional notes (“Additional Notes”) having terms and conditions identical to those of the Notes, except that Additional Notes:

(i) may have a different issue date from the Notes;

(ii) may have a different amount of interest payable on the first Interest Payment Date after issuance than is payable on other Notes; and

(iii) may have terms specified in the Additional Note Board Resolution or Additional Note Supplemental Indenture for such Additional Notes making appropriate adjustments to this Article II and Exhibit A (and related definitions) applicable to such Additional Notes in order to conform to and ensure compliance with the Securities Act (or other applicable securities laws) and any registration rights or similar agreement applicable to such Additional Notes, which are not adverse in any material respect to the Holder of any Notes (other than such Additional Notes);

31

provided, that no adjustment pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall cause such Additional Notes to constitute, as determined pursuant to an Opinion of Counsel, a different class of securities than the Original Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes except for Additional Notes that have a separate CUSIP and/or ISIN number from the Notes pending performance by the Company of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (1) the redemption date, (2) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (3) the redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount).

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed as follows:

(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

(2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis (subject to the procedures of DTC) or, to the extent a pro rata basis is not permitted, by lot or in such other manner as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate.

No Notes of $2,000 of principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption.

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(1) the CUSIP and ISIN (if applicable) numbers;

32

(2) the redemption date;

(3) the redemption price;

(4) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(5) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(6) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(7) that interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or portions of them called for redemption shall cease to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(8) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP and ISIN (if applicable) numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (or such shorter time as may be agreed to by the Trustee) prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on a redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed.

33

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or the portions of the Notes called for redemption shall cease to accrue for as long as the Company has deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date.

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. If a Global Note is so surrendered, such new Note shall also be a Global Note.

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption.

(a) The Notes are redeemable at the Company’s election, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed then outstanding; and

(2) as determined by an Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of interest on the notes to be redeemed (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate for such notes, plus 50 basis points

plus, in either of the above cases, accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption on the notes to be redeemed.

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the person in whose name the note is registered at the close of business on such record date.

(b) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption.

The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

34

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes.

The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

The Company shall, in accordance with Section 2.12 hereof, pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03. Reports.

The Company covenants:

(i) to file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe), if any, which the Company may be required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of such Sections, then to file with the Trustee and the SEC, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, in respect of a debt security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;

35

(ii) to file with the Trustee and the SEC, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants provided for in this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

(iii) to transmit by mail to the Holders of the Notes within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 4.07, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 4.03 as may be required to be transmitted to such Holders by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

36

Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate.

(1) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

(2) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05. Taxes.

The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07. Limitation on Subsidiary Indebtedness.

The Company shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness, other than:

(1) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (without duplication) incurred pursuant to this clause (1) and outstanding, when taken together with the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness secured by Liens on the property or assets (which includes Capital Stock) of the Company and its Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 4.08, not to exceed the Permitted Amount at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness (it being understood that Existing SpectraSite Indebtedness shall be deemed to be incurred under this clause (1));

37

(2) Indebtedness of any Designated Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Designated Subsidiary; provided that, with respect to this clause (2) only, no portion of such Indebtedness shall be recourse to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries;

(3) Indebtedness since the Issue Date represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in any business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount, including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (3), not to exceed $500.0 million at any time outstanding;

(4) intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Subsidiaries;

(5) obligations under Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Agreements and Currency Agreements not for speculative purposes;

(6) the Guarantee of Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Indenture;

(7) Indebtedness represented by letters of credit, for the account of such Person, in the ordinary course of business to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if drawn upon, are reimbursed within five Business Days of the relevant draw;

(8) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of incurrence;

(9) Acquired Indebtedness in connection with a merger with or into a Subsidiary, or the acquisition of assets or a new Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of any such incurrence of Acquired Indebtedness, such

38

Acquired Indebtedness was incurred by the prior owner of such assets or such Subsidiary prior to such acquisition by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, the acquisition by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries;

(10) Disqualified Stock since the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount (or liquidation preference, as applicable) at any time outstanding not to exceed $100.0 million;

(11) Indebtedness (other than Existing SpectraSite Indebtedness) existing on the Issue Date; or

(12) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used or will be used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund (including through open market purchases and tender offers), other Indebtedness that was permitted by the applicable indenture to be incurred under clauses (9) or (11) or this clause (12) of this paragraph.

The maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.07 will not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies. In addition, the accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.07. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (12) above, the Company will be permitted to classify, or later reclassify, all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07.

Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens.

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, allow any Lien on any of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ property or assets (which includes Capital Stock) securing Indebtedness, unless the Lien secures the Notes equally and ratably with, or prior to, any other Indebtedness secured by such Lien, so long as such other Indebtedness is so secured, other than Permitted Liens.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, and may permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur Liens securing Indebtedness without equally and ratably securing the Notes if, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Liens, the aggregate amount (without duplication) of (a) the Indebtedness secured by Liens (other than Permitted Liens) on the property or assets (which includes Capital Stock) of the Company and its Subsidiaries plus (b) the Indebtedness of the Company’s Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 and outstanding shall not exceed the Permitted Amount at the time of the incurrence of such Liens (it being understood that Liens securing Existing SpectraSite Indebtedness shall be deemed to be incurred pursuant to this paragraph).

39

Section 4.09. Repurchase of the Notes Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part, equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereafter, of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes up to but excluding the applicable date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, if the Company had not, prior to the Change of Control Triggering Event, sent a redemption notice for all the Notes in connection with an optional redemption permitted by Section 3.07 hereof, the Company shall mail or caused to be mailed a notice to each registered Holder briefly describing the transaction or transactions that constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date the notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice.

The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable to any Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.09, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the provisions of this Section 4.09 by virtue of such conflict.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

(a) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(b) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered; and

(c) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each registered Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail, or cause to be transferred by book entry, to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereafter. Any Note so accepted for payment shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Change of Control Payment Date.

40

This Section 4.09 shall be applicable, except as described in this Section 4.09, regardless of whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.09 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.

The Company may make a Change of Control Offer in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control Triggering Event at the time of making the Change of Control Offer.

Section 4.10. Termination of Covenant.

In the event that the Notes receive an Investment Grade Rating from at least two of the three Rating Agencies, and notwithstanding that the Notes may later cease to have an Investment Grade Rating from any Rating Agency, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be released from their obligations to comply with Section 4.07 and those obligations will not at any future point be reinstated.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

The Company may not consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of its assets in any one transaction or series of related transactions to any other Person, unless:

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation (the “successor”) is either the Company or is a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, any state or the District of Columbia and expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof (except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets), the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the

41

Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01. Events of Default.

The term “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever the reason for such Event of Default), whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(1) failure by the Company to pay interest on any Note for 30 days after the date payment is due and payable; or

(2) failure by the Company to pay principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when due, at maturity, upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise; or

(3) failure by the Company to comply with any other covenant in this Indenture or the Notes for 90 days after notice that compliance was required; or

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, if both:

(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

42

(b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100.0 million or more at any time outstanding;

provided, that, in the case of this clause (4), it shall not be an Event of Default if any such default arises in connection with the Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under any indenture governing the Outstanding Notes; or

(5) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

(a) commences a voluntary case,

(b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(c) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(e) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(a) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case;

(b) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or

(c) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

Section 6.02. Acceleration.

If an Event of Default described in clauses (1) through (4) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs and is continuing, then, and in each and every such case, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding hereunder by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the entire principal of all Notes, and the interest and Additional Interest accrued thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration, the same shall become immediately due and payable.

43

If an Event of Default described in clause (5) or (6) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs and is continuing, then the principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding, and the interest and Additional Interest accrued thereon, if any, shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

Section 6.03. Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sole remedy for any breach of the Company’s obligation under this Indenture to file or furnish reports or other financial information pursuant to section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act (or as otherwise required by this Indenture) shall be the payment of liquidated damages, and the Holders will not have any right under this Indenture to accelerate the maturity of the Notes as a result of any such breach. If any such breach continues for 90 days after notice thereof is given in accordance with this Indentures, we will pay liquidated damages to all the Holders of the Notes at a rate per annum equal to (i) 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Notes from the 90th day following such notice to but not including the 180th day following such notice (or such earlier date on which the Event of Default relating to the reporting obligations referred to in this paragraph shall have been cured or waived) and (ii) 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of the Notes from the 180th day following such notice to but not including the 365th day following such notice (or such earlier date on which the Event of Default relating to the reporting obligations referred to in this paragraph shall have been cured or waived). On such 365th day (or earlier, if the Event of Default relating to the reporting obligations referred to in this paragraph shall have been cured or waived prior to such 365th day), such additional interest will cease to accrue, and the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above if the Event of Default is continuing. This paragraph will not affect the rights of the holders of Notes in the event of the occurrence of any other Event of Default.

Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal amount, premium, if any, and any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) provided,

44

however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05. Control by Majority.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

(1) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and the continuance of such Event of Default;

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request; and

(4) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

45

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10. Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any and interest, respectively; and

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

46

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be furnished to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions required to be furnished to the Trustee hereunder to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own bad faith or willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

47

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the written and oral advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders

48

shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults.

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except with respect to a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the Issue Date, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event

49

described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Company shall fully indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense is caused by its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

50

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

51

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $75.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). For purposes of TIA §310(b)(1)(C)(i), the indentures relating to the Convertible Notes and the Outstanding Notes are hereby specifically described.

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

Section 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company.

Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any Officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such Officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all

52

outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments provided to it acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal amount, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Article 8.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08 and 4.09 hereof and Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(5) and 6.01(6) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

53

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company shall specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

(a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

54

(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that on the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;

(7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; and

(8) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

55

Section 8.06. Repayment to Company.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07. Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders of Notes.

The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution (which resolution may provide general terms or parameters for such action and may provide that the specific terms of such action may be determined in accordance with or pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate), and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the TIA as in force at the date of the execution thereof) for one or more of the following purposes:

(1) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge to the Trustee as security for the Notes any property or assets;

(2) to evidence the assumption of the Company’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

56

(3) to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Company and the Trustee shall consider to be for the protection of the Holders of the Notes, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided, however, that in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction, condition or provision such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such an Event of Default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such an Event of Default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes to waive such an Event of Default;

(4) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make any other provisions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable; provided, however, that no such provisions shall materially adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes;

(5) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to Section 7.08 hereof;

(6) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 hereof (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder;

(7) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” in the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in the “Description of the Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes;

(8) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes as permitted by Sections 2.14, which will have terms substantially identical to the other Notes except as specified in Section 2.14, and which will be treated, together with any other Notes, as a single issue of securities;

(9) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of Notes or any holder of a beneficial interest in the Notes; or

57

(10) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture. The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer, assignment, mortgage or pledge of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section may be executed without the consent of the Holders of any of the Notes then outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.02.

Section 9.02. Amendments and Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as one class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with purchase of, or tender or exchange offers for, the Notes), the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution (which resolution may provide general terms or parameters for such action and may provide that the specific terms of such action may be determined in accordance with or pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate), and the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time, amend this Indenture or enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the TIA as in force at the date of execution thereof) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than an uncured Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) and compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes, voting as one class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender or exchange offer for, the Notes); provided, however, that without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (but only with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) change the stated final maturity of any Note;

(2) reduce the principal amount of any Note;

58

(3) reduce the rate or amend or modify the calculation, or time of payment, of interest, including defaulted interest on the Notes;

(4) reduce or alter the method of computation of any amount payable on redemption, prepayment or purchase of any Note (or the time at which any such redemption, prepayment or purchase may be made) or otherwise alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of Notes (other than the provisions of Sections 3.07 and 4.09 hereof), or waive a redemption payment (other than payment required by Sections 3.07 and 4.09 hereof) with respect to any Note;

(5) make the principal thereof, or interest, including Additional Interest, thereon payable in any coin or currency other than provided in the Notes or in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture;

(6) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on any Note when due, or otherwise make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest) on the Notes; or

(7) reduce the percentage of principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver.

The Holders of the Notes affected thereby shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such amendment, waiver or supplemental indenture shall be and shall be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors (which resolution may provide general terms or parameters for such action and may provide that the specific terms of such action may be determined in accordance with or pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate) certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of the Holders of the Notes as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may at its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.02, the Company (or the Trustee at the request and expense of the Company) shall give notice thereof to the Holders of then outstanding Notes affected thereby, as provided in Section 11.02. Any failure of the Company to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

59

Section 9.03. Effect of Supplemental Indenture, Amendment or Waiver.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, or any amendment to or waiver of the provisions of the Indenture, this Indenture shall be and shall be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of Notes affected thereby shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture, amendment or waiver shall be and shall be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

Section 9.04. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article that shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect if this Indenture shall then be qualified under the TIA.

Section 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, waiver or a supplemental indenture becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

Section 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture, amendment or waiver pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9 may bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for by such supplemental indenture or as to any action taken by the Holders of Notes. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in exchange for the Notes then outstanding.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

60

Section 9.07. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

ARTICLE 10

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(1) either

(a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for the principal amount and premium, if any, plus accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes; and

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit and

61

the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the is a party or by which the Company is bound;

(3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 shall survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 shall be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Section 11.02. Notices.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

62

Section 12.02. Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Company:

American Tower Corporation

116 Huntington Avenue

Boston, MA 02116

Telecopier No.: (617) 375-7575

Attention: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

If to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

222 Berkeley Street

2^nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Telecopier No.: 617-351-2401

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

63

Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he, she or it has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions; provided that no such rule shall conflict with the terms of this Indenture or the TIA.

64

Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 12.08. Governing Law.

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

Section 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 12.10. Successors.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 12.11. Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.12. Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 12.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 12.14. Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

65

Section 12.15. Force Majeure.

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

[Signatures on following page]

66

SIGNATURES

Dated as of October 1, 2007

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Bradley E. Singer
Name:	Bradley E. Singer
Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By:	/s/ Diana J. Kenneally
Name:	Diana J. Kenneally
Title:	Vice President

67

EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to Section 2.06(f)(ii) of the Indenture – THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

[If Rule 144A Notes or Regulation S Note issued during the Restricted Period therefor, then insert the following legend (the “Restricted Notes Legend”) –

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.]

A-1

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO (IF AVAILABLE) OR (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (IV) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture —

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

A-2

CUSIP [            ]

ISIN [            ]

7.000% Senior Notes due 2017

No.      $                    

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION

promises to pay to                      or registered assigns, the principal sum of                                          DOLLARS on October 15, 2017 (which principal sum may from time to time be reduced or increased as appropriate to reflect exchanges, redemptions, repurchases and transfers of interest, but which, when taken together with the aggregate principal sum of all other Notes (excluding Additional Notes, if any), shall not exceed $500,000,000 at any time).

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

Regular Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

A-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed as of the date below.

Dated: October 1, 2007

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION
By:
Name:	James D. Taiclet, Jr.
Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer
By:
Name:	Bradley E. Singer
Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

A-4

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

as Trustee

Authorized Signatory

A-5

[Back of Note]

7.000% Senior Notes Due 2017

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. Interest. American Tower Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.000% per annum from October 1, 2007 until maturity and to pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year commencing on April 15, 2008, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, the Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium and Additional Interest, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest (other than Additional Interest) will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date (each, a “Regular Record Date”), even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 1, 2007 (the “Indenture”) between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include

A-6

those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are obligations of the Company. The Original Notes are limited to $250 million in aggregate principal amount. Unless the context otherwise requires, the Original Notes and the Exchange Notes shall constitute one series for all purposes under the Indenture, including without limitation, amendments, waivers, redemptions and Change of Control Offers. Subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and without the consent of the Holders, the Company may issue Additional Notes. All Notes, including any Additional Notes, will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture.

5. Optional Redemption. This Note is redeemable at the Company’s election, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed then outstanding; and

(2) as determined by an Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of interest on the Notes to be redeemed (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate, plus 50 basis points;

plus, in either of the above cases, accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption on the Notes to be redeemed.

If the Company selects a redemption date that is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.

The Company will mail or caused to be mailed a notice of redemption at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, before the redemption date to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

Unless the Company defaults in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption.

For purposes of the foregoing, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date:

(1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (as defined below) (if no maturity is within three months before or after the Remaining Life (as defined below), yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month); or

A-7

(2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price (as defined below) for such redemption date.

The Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker (as defined below) as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes (“Remaining Life”).

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, for any redemption date, (1) the average of four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations (as defined below) for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Independent Investment Banker obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means any of the primary U.S. Government securities dealers in New York City.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as

A-8

a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Independent Investment Banker at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

6. No Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

7. Repurchase at Option of Holder. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company will be required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase.

8. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 13 of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. Unless the Company defaults in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereafter. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

10. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes, except as provided in Section 2.06(a) of the Indenture.

11. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. The Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. Defaults and Remedies. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

A-9

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

13. Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

14. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Company, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

15. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

16. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

17. Registration Rights Agreement. In addition to the rights provided to the Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 1, 2007, among the Company and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof.

18. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

A-10

The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: American Tower Corporation, 116 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02116, Attention: Investor Relations.

A-11

Assignment Form

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:                                                              

                                                                                  (Insert assignee’s legal name)

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                          to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                    

Your Signature:                                                             

(Sign exactly as your name appears on

the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                         

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-12

Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                    

Date:                    

Your Signature:                                                             

(Sign exactly as your name appears on

the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:                    

Signature Guarantee*:                                         

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-13

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this Global Note Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this Global Note Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease (or increase) Signature of authorized officer of Trustee or Custodian

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-14

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

American Tower Corporation

116 Huntington Avenue

Boston, MA 02116

Telecopier No.: (617) 375-7575

Attention: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

222 Berkeley Street

2^nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Telecopier No.: 617-351-2401

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Re: 7.000% Senior Notes due 2017

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2007 (the “Indenture”), between American Tower Corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                          (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Notes or interest in such Notes specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $[            ] in such Notes or interests (the “Transfer”), to                                          (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

B-1

2. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(a) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and/or a Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

B-2

4. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

(a) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:

Name:

Title:

Dated:                    

B-3

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a)	¨ a beneficial interest in the:
(i)	¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ); or
(ii)	¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ); or
(b)	¨ a Restricted Definitive Note.

2. After the Transfer, the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE OF (a), (b) OR (c)]

(a)	¨ a beneficial interest in the:
(i)	¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ); or
(ii)	¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ); or
(iv)	¨ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP             ); or
(b)	¨ a Restricted Definitive Note; or
(c)	¨ an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

American Tower Corporation

116 Huntington Avenue

Boston, MA 02116

Telecopier No.: (617) 375-7575

Attention: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

222 Berkeley Street

2^nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Telecopier No.: 617-351-2401

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

Re: 7.000% Senior Notes due 2017

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2007 (the “Indenture”), between American Tower Corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                         , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Notes or interest in such Notes specified herein, in the principal amount of $[            ] in such Notes or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial

C-1

interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CIRCLE ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the

C-2

Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Definitive Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-3

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:

Name:

Title:

Dated:                     

C-4

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION

7.000% Senior Notes due 2017

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

October 1, 2007

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

As Representative of the several Purchasers

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

11 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10010

Ladies and Gentlemen:

American Tower Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the purchasers named in Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement referenced below (the “Purchasers”), for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is acting as Representative (the “Representative”), its 7.000% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Securities”) upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated September 24, 2007 (the “Purchase Agreement”) relating to the initial placement (the “Initial Placement”) of the Securities. To induce the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company agrees with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (including the Purchasers) (each a “Holder” and, together, the “Holders”), as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

“Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

“Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

“Additional Interest Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

“Advice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c).

“Affiliate” of any specified Person shall mean any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City or Washington, D.C.

“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Effective Time,” (i) in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.

“Effectiveness Target Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a)(i) hereof.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

“Exchange Offer Registration Period” shall mean the 180-day period following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement).

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

“Exchanging Dealer” shall mean any Holder (which may include any Purchaser) that is a Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange for New Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) for New Securities.

2

“Final Memorandum” shall mean the final offering circular related to the Securities, as amended or supplemented as of the date hereof, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein.

“Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities, dated as of October 1, 2007, between the Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

“Initial Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

“Issue Date” shall mean the date of the original issuance of the Securities.

“Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(d) hereof.

“Majority Holders” shall mean, when no Registration Statement is filed under this Agreement, the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Securities outstanding and shall mean, when a Registration Statement is filed under this Agreement, the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Securities registered under the Registration Statement.

“Managing Underwriters” shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that shall administer an underwritten offering.

“New Securities” shall mean debt securities of the Company identical in all material respects to the Securities (except that the additional interest provisions and the transfer restriction provisions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate) and to be issued under the Indenture.

“Notice and Questionnaire” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c) hereof.

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

“Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

“Registered Exchange Offer” shall mean the proposed offer of the Company to issue and deliver to the Holders of the Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of New Securities.

3

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

“Registration Statement” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

“Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

“Shelf Registration Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

“Transfer Restricted Securities” shall mean each Security and New Security until, (i) in the case of any Security exchanged by a person other than a Broker-Dealer for a freely transferable New Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, the date on which such Security is exchanged, (ii) in the case of any New Security held by a Broker-Dealer, following the exchange by such Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer of a Security for such New Security, the date on which such New Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such Broker-Dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) in the case of any Security or New Security that has been effectively registered under the Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement, the date of such disposition, or (iv) in the case of any Security or New Security that is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act or is saleable without restriction by a non-affiliated Holder pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act, whether pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Act or any similar successor provision thereto, the date on which such Security or New Security is distributed or is saleable, as the case may be.

“Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

“underwriter” shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement.

4

2. Registered Exchange Offer.

(a) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Act not later than 240 days after the Issue Date (or if such 240^th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) provided, that if the Commission amends Rule 144 to permit non-Affiliates to resell freely Notes acquired in the Initial Placement (after taking into account any hedging activity that may have occurred, if applicable under the amended rule) after a period shorter than 240 days from the Issue Date, then no Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be required to be filed or be declared effective.

(b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for New Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company, acquires the New Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, has no arrangements with any Person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to issue, on or prior to 30 Business Days (or longer, if required by the Federal Securities laws) after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective, such New Securities in exchange for all Securities tendered in accordance with section (b) below prior thereto in the Registered Exchange Offer.

(c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, if an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is required to be filed and declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) above, the Company shall:

(i) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

(ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 Business Days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or, in each case, longer if required by applicable law);

(iii) use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective under the Act, supplemented and amended as required, under the Act to ensure that it is available for sales of New Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period;

(i) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which may be the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee;

5

(ii) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open; and

(iii) comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

(d) As soon as practicable after the close of any Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

(i) accept for exchange all Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

(ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 4(s) all Securities so accepted for exchange; and

(iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities, New Securities in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

(e) Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that at the time of consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer:

(i) any New Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the New Securities within the meaning of the Act; and

(iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company;

(iv) if such Holder is not a Broker-Dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the New Securities; and

(v) if such Holder is a Broker-Dealer, that it will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities.

(f) If any Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Purchaser, the Company shall issue and deliver to such Purchaser or the Person purchasing New Securities registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such New Securities as for New Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

6

3. Shelf Registration.

(a) If an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is required to be filed and declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) above, and (A): (i) due to any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Company determines upon advice of its outside counsel that it is not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof, or (ii) for any other reason the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 45 Business Days (or such longer period as required by applicable law) of the Effectiveness Target Date (or, if such 45th Business Day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective within 240 days of the Issue Date (or if such 240^th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day); or (B) any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies the Company prior to the 20^th day following the consummation of any Registered Exchange Offer that: (i) it is prohibited by law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer; (ii) it may not resell the New Securities acquired by it in the Registered Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the Registered Exchange Offer is not appropriate or available for such resales or (iii) that it is a Broker-Dealer and owns Securities acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, the Company shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with subsection (b) below provided that, if the Commission amends Rule 144 to permit non-Affiliates to resell freely Notes acquired in the Initial Placement (after taking into account any hedging activity that may have occurred, if applicable under the amended Rule) after a period shorter than 240 days from the Issue Date, then no Shelf Registration Statement shall be required to be filed or declared effective.

(b) If a Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed and declared effective pursuant to this Section 3,

(i) The Company shall as promptly as practicable file with the Commission and thereafter cause to be declared effective under the Act a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Securities or the New Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder (other than a Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided further, that with respect to New Securities received by a Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Company may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of its obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and

7

governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3, Additional Interest shall accrue only in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 hereof.

(ii) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of two years from the Issue Date or such shorter period that will terminate on: (i) such date as all the Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold, or (ii) the date that is two years after the Issue Date of the Notes, or whatever shorter period may be adopted by the Commission in connection with its proposal to amend Rule 144 that would permit non-Affilates to resell freely Notes acquired in the Initial Placement (after taking into account any hedging activity that may have occurred, if applicable under the amended Rule) (such period being called the “Shelf Registration Period”). The Company shall be deemed not to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless (A) such action is required by applicable law; or (B) such action is taken by the Company in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company’s obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, a merger or financing so long as the Company promptly thereafter complies with the requirements of Section 4(k) hereof, if applicable.

(c) Not less than 30 days prior to the Effective Time of any Shelf Registration Statement that may be required under this Agreement, the Company shall mail the Notice and Questionnaire (the “Notice and Questionnaire”) substantially in the form attached as Annex E hereto to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; no Holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement as of the Effective Time, and no Holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Securities at any time, unless such Holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company by the deadline for response set forth therein; provided, however, that Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall have at least 28 days from the date on which the Notice and Questionnaire is first mailed to such Holders to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company.

(d) After the Effective Time of any Shelf Registration Statement that may be required to be filed under this Agreement, Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities who did not timely return a Notice and Questionnaire to the Company may return a Notice and Questionnaire at any time and may request to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement. If:

(i) the Company can include such Holder with respect to its Transfer Restricted Securities by means of a prospectus supplement filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Act or by means of a registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Act, then the Company shall file such Rule 424(b) supplement or Rule 462(b) registration statement with the Commission within 10 Business Days of its receipt of the Notice and Questionnaire;

8

(ii) the Company, in the opinion of its counsel, cannot include such Holder with respect to its Transfer Restricted Securities by means of a prospectus supplement to the prospectus contained as part of such effective Shelf Registration Statement or by means of a related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Act, the Company shall promptly take any action reasonably necessary to enable such a Holder to use a registration statement for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such Holders or selling securityholder in a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or new Shelf Registration Statement which the Company shall promptly file and cause to be declared effective to cover the resale of the Transfer Restricted Securities that are the subject of such request. If the Company is required to file such post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or a new Shelf Registration Statement for the sole purpose of adding Holders to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall not be required to file such post-effective amendment or new Shelf Registration Statement more frequently than once every calendar quarter.

(e) In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement, in addition to the information required to be provided in the Notice and Questionnaire, the Company may require Holders to furnish to the Company additional information regarding such Holder and such Holder’s intended method of distribution of Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Holder to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to the Shelf Registration Statement contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Holder or such Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Holder or such Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company any such required additional information so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Holder or the disposition of such Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.

4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in either case to the extent applicable, the following provisions shall apply.

(a) The Company shall:

(i) furnish to the Representative and to counsel for the Holders (if any), not less than five Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to

9

the Prospectus included therein (including all documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Representative or such counsel for the Holders (if any) reasonably proposes;

(ii) include the information in substantially the form set forth in Annex A hereto on the facing page of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Registered Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

(iii) if requested by a Purchaser, include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and

(iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders.

(b) The Company shall ensure that:

(i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; and

(ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; it being understood that, with respect to the information about Holders in any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will be relying solely on responses provided by Holders to the Notice and Questionnaire.

(c) The Company shall advise the Representative, and, to the extent the Company has been provided a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices (and their respective designated counsel, if any), the Holders of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and, if requested by you or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Company shall have remedied the basis for such suspension):

(i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

10

(ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, of the issuance by the Commission of any notification of objection to the use of the form on which the Registration Statement has been filed, and of the happening of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Commission Rule 405;

(iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; and

(v) of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

Each Holder of Securities agrees by acquisition of such Securities that, upon actual receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(c)(ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue any and all dispositions of such Securities by means of the Registration Statement or Prospectus until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 4(b), or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto; provided, however, that this paragraph shall not prohibit any Holder from engaging in dispositions of the Securities through means other than pursuant to the Registration Statement or Prospectus, as long as such dispositions comply with applicable laws.

(d) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest possible time.

(e) The Company shall furnish, upon written request, to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference and, if requested, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).

(f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and its respective counsel, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or

11

any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of securities in connection with the offering and sale of the securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

(g) The Company shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated by reference therein, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).

(h) The Company shall promptly deliver to each Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and each other Person required to deliver a Prospectus during any Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such Person may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other Person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following any Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the New Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in any Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

(i) Prior to any Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities or the New Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder shall reasonably request and will maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement, any Registered Exchange Offer or any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or otherwise subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction.

(j) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request.

(k) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (v) above, the Company shall promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Purchasers of the securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company may delay preparing, filing and distributing any such supplements or amendments (and continue the suspension of the use of the prospectus) if the Company determines in good

12

faith that such supplement or amendment would, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, (i) interfere with or affect the negotiation or completion of a transaction that is being contemplated by the Company (whether or not a final decision has been made to undertake such transaction) or (ii) involve initial or continuing disclosure obligations that are not in the best interests of the Company’s shareholders at such time; provided, further, that neither such delay nor such suspension with respect to all matters in clause (i) or (ii) shall extend for a period of more than 30 days in any three-month period or more than 90 days for all such periods in any twelve-month period and shall not affect the Company’s obligations to pay Additional Interest as contemplated by Section 6 hereof.

(l) In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 2 and any Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 3(b) shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) to and including the date when the Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section.

(m) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Company shall provide CUSIP numbers for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

(n) The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its security holders no later than 45 days after the end of any 12-month period (or 90 days after the end of any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year), an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule under the Act) for a period of at least 12 months beginning on the first day of the first fiscal quarter after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement.

(o) The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner;

(p) The Company may require each Holder of securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement. The Company may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall enter into such agreements and take all other appropriate actions (including if requested an underwriting agreement in customary form) in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less

13

favorable than those set forth in Section 7 (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any, with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 7).

(r) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall:

(i) make reasonably available for inspection by the representatives or agents of the Holders of Securities designated by the Majority Holders to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant and reasonably requested financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries;

(ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the representatives or agents of the Holders of Securities designated by the Majority Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such representatives or agents or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality;

(iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

(iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;

(v) obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, who have provided such accountants with a representation letter if required to do so under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72 in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings;

14

(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company; and

(vii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such Holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to take any action to name such Holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Securities except in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof.

The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this Section shall be performed at (A) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto; and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.

(s) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall, if requested by the Purchasers:

(i) make reasonably available for inspection by each Purchaser, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Purchaser, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries;

(ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by such Purchaser or any such attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Purchaser or any such attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality;

(iii) make such representations and warranties to such Purchaser, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

(iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser and its counsel) addressed to such Purchaser, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Purchaser or its counsel;

15

(v) obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to such Purchaser, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings as permitted by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72, or if requested by such Purchaser or its counsel in lieu of a “cold comfort” letter, an agreed-upon procedures letter under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 35, covering matters requested by such Purchaser or its counsel; and

(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such Purchaser or its counsel, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with conditions customarily contained in underwriting agreements.

The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this Section shall be performed at the close of the Registered Exchange Offer and the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

(t) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the New Securities, the Company shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that such Securities are being canceled in exchange for the New Securities. In no event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

(u) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts (i) if the Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Securities, to confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement; or (ii) if the Securities were not previously rated, to cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with at least one nationally recognized statistical rating agency, if so requested by Majority Holders with respect to the related Registration Statement or by any Managing Underwriters.

(v) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Rules of Fair Practice and the By-Laws of the NASD, Inc.) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, assist such Broker-Dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules and By-Laws, including, without limitation, by:

(i) if such Rules or By-Laws shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in such Rules) to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement, to exercise usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities;

16

(ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 7 hereof; and

(iii) providing such information to such Broker-Dealer as may be required in order for such Broker-Dealer to comply with the requirements of such Rules.

(w) Prior to any public offering of the Securities or New Securities, pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

(x) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.

5. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel designated by the Majority Holders to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith, and, in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, will reimburse the Purchasers for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel acting in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such Holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel specifically referred to above.

6. Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances. The Company, the Purchasers and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree by acquisition of such Securities that the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities will suffer damages if a Registration Default (as defined below) occurs and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision. Accordingly, the Company, the Purchasers and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that the following additional interest provisions shall constitute

17

liquidated damages in the event of a “Registration Default” (as defined below) and shall constitute the sole remedy of the Purchasers and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities for any Registration Defaults.

(a) In accordance with the terms of the Securities, additional interest (“Additional Interest”) with respect to the Securities and New Securities shall be assessed as follows if any of the following events occur (each such event in clauses (i) through (iv) below being herein called a “Registration Default”):

(i) on or prior to the 240^th day following the Issue Date ( the “Effectiveness Target Date”), neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective;

(ii) on or prior to 45 days following the Effectiveness Target Date, the Registered Exchange Offer has not been consummated; or

(iii) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective by the Commission but (A) such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or (B) such Registration Statement or the related prospectus ceases to be usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified herein.

Each of the foregoing shall constitute a Registration Default whatever the reason for any such event and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is beyond the control of the Company or pursuant to operation of law or as a result of any action or inaction by the Commission; provided, however, that the Company shall in no event be required to pay Additional Interest for more than one Registration Default at any given time.

Additional Interest shall accrue on the Securities or New Securities, from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all such Registration Defaults shall have been cured, at a rate of 0.25% per annum (the “Additional Interest Amount”) for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default. The Additional Interest Amount will increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of such first 90-day period immediately following the date on which the first Registration Default shall occur until all such Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Additional Interest for all Registration Defaults of 0.50% per annum.

(b) Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to Section 6(a) shall be paid to the Holders entitled thereto on April 1 and October 1 of any given year as more fully set forth in the Indenture and the Notes.

7. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement (including each Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer), the directors, officers, employees and agents of each such Holder, Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer and each Person who controls any such Holder, Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer within the meaning of either the Act or the

18

Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 433 (“Issuer FWP”), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the party claiming indemnification specifically for inclusion therein and provided, further, that the Company shall not be liable for any loss, claim, damage or expense (1) arising from any offer or sale of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement, during a 30-day or 90 day period referenced in Section 5(k) hereof, of which the Holder has received written notice, or (2) if the Holder fails to deliver, within the time required by the Securities Act, a Prospectus that is amended or supplemented, or, if permitted by Section 4(e), an Issuer FWP, and such Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, or Issuer FWP, as the case may be, would have corrected the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in the Prospectus delivered by the Holder, so long as the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, or Issuer FWP, as the case may be, has been delivered to such Holder prior to such time. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

The Company also agrees to indemnify or contribute as provided in Section 7(d) to Losses of any underwriter of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors, officers, employees or agents and each Person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 7(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof.

(b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer) severally, but not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signs such Registration Statement and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder may otherwise have.

19

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and is prejudiced thereby; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes (i) an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. No indemnifying party shall be liable under subsections (a), (b) or (c) of this Section for any settlement of any claim or action effected without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that such indemnifying party has notified in writing the indemnified party of its refusal to accept such settlement within 30 days of its receipt of a notice from the indemnified party outlining the terms of such settlement.

(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute

20

to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall any Purchaser of any Security or New Security be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of a New Security, applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such New Security, as set forth in the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses, nor shall any subsequent Holder of any Security or New Security be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such Holder from the resale of such securities under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each Person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

(e) The provisions of this Section will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Company or any of the officers, directors or controlling Persons referred to in this Section hereof, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement.

8. Underwritten Registrations. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement required under this Agreement, the Company may enter into one or more underwriting agreements, engagement letters, agency agreements, “best efforts” underwriting agreements or

21

similar agreements, as appropriate, including customary provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, and take such other actions in connection therewith as the Majority Holders shall request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Securities.

(a) If any of the Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders provided that such Managing Underwriters shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

(b) No Person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

9. No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

10. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Majority Holders (or, after the consummation of any Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with Section 2 hereof, of New Securities); provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Purchaser against which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing proviso), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement.

11. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

(a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture, with copies in like manner to the Representative.

22

(b) if to the Representative (for itself or on behalf of any or all of the Purchasers), initially at the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

(c) if to the Company, initially at the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement with a copy to Company counsel at the following address:

Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP

One Liberty Plaza

New York, NY 10006

Attn: Craig B. Brod

Tel: (212) 225-2000

Facsimile: (212) 225-3999

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.

The Representative and the Company by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

12. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Company thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New Securities. The Company hereby agrees to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities and the New Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto.

13. Counterparts. This agreement may be in signed counterparts, each of which shall an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

14. Headings. The headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

15. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York.

16. Severability. In the event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

17. Securities Held by the Company, Etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of Securities or New Securities is required hereunder, Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by the Company or its Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities or New Securities if such subsequent

23

Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or New Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

24

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Company and the several Purchasers.

Very truly yours,
AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Bradley E. Singer
Name:	Bradley E. Singer
Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
as Representative of the several Purchasers
By:	CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
By:	/s/ Jon Singer
Name:	Jon Singer
Title:	Director

For itself and the other several

Purchasers named in Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement.

ANNEX A

Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of New Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired by such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date (as defined herein) and ending on the close of business 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution”.

ANNEX B

Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Securities were acquired by such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities. See “Plan of Distribution”.

ANNEX C

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of New Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date and ending on the close of business 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until the date that is 180 days from Issue Date, all dealers effecting transactions in the New Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.

The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Securities by brokers-dealers. New Securities received by Broker-Dealers for their own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the New Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such Broker-Dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Securities. Any Broker-Dealer that resells New Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and any profit of any such resale of New Securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such Persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act.

For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any Broker-Dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Registered Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Securities (including any Broker-Dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Act.

ANNEX D

Rider A

CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name:

Address:

Rider B

If the undersigned is not a Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the New Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has not made arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in a distribution of the New Securities. If the undersigned is a Broker-Dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities to be exchanged for New Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act.

ANNEX E

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION

INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS

(Date of Mailing)

URGENT — IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED

DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE]

The Depositary Trust Company (“DTC”) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the American Tower Corporation (the “Company”) 7.000% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Securities”) are held.

The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.

It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interest in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact American Tower Corporation, 116 Huntington Avenue, 11^th Floor, Boston, MA 02116, Attention: General Counsel.

E-1

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION

(Notice of Registration Statement and Selling

Securityholder Questionnaire

(Date)

Pursuant to the American Tower Corporation Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form          (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Company’s 7.000% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Securities”). A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is attached hereto. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Each beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined below) is entitled to have the Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Transfer Restricted Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire (“Notice and Questionnaire”) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company’s counsel of the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE]. Beneficial owners of Transfer Restricted Securities who do not complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf and Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Securities.

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Transfer Restricted Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequence of being name or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

The term “TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES” is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

E-2

ELECTION

The undersigned holder (the “Selling Securityholder”) of Transfer Restricted Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Transfer Restricted Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.

Upon any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth as Annex F to the Registration Rights Agreement. The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

E-3

QUESTIONNAIRE

(1)	(a)	Full Legal Name of Selling Securityho1der:
	(b)	Full Legal Name of Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Transfer Restricted Securities Listed in Item (3) below:
	(c)	Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) Through Which Transfer Restricted Securities Listed in Item (3) below are Held:
(2)	Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder:
	Telephone:
	Fax:
	Contact Person:
(3)	Beneficial Ownership of Securities:
	Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities.
	(a)	Principal Amount of Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned:      CUSIP No(s) . of such Transfer Restricted Securities
	(b)	Principal Amount of Securities other than Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned:      CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities
	(c)	Principal Amount of Transfer Restricted Securities which the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:      CUSIP No(s). of such Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement
(4)	Beneficial Ownership of other Securities of the Company:
	Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).
	State any exceptions here:
(5)	Relationships with the Company:
	Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

E-4

(6)	Nature of the Selling Securityholder:
	(a)	Is the selling Securityholder a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act, a majority owned subsidiary of a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act or a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act? If so, please state which one.
		If the entity is a majority owned subsidiary of a reporting company, identify the majority stockholder that is a reporting company.
		If the entity is not any of the above, identify the natural person or persons having voting and investment control over the Company’s securities that the entity owns.
	(b)	Is the Selling Securityholder a registered broker-dealer? Yes       No
		State whether the Selling Securityholder received the Registrable Securities as compensation for underwriting activities and, if so, provide a brief description of the transaction(s) involved.
	State whether the Selling Securityholder is an affiliate of a broker-dealer and if so, list the name(s) of the broker-dealer affiliate(s).
	Yes       No
	If the answer is “Yes,” you must answer the following:
	If the Selling Securityholder is an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer, the Selling Securityholder purchased, the Registrable Securities (i) in the ordinary course of business and (ii) at the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the Registrable Securities.
	Yes       No

E-5

	If the answer is “No”, state any exceptions here:
	If the answer is “No,” this may affect your ability to be included in the registration statement.
(7)	Plan of Distribution:
	State any exceptions here:
Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Transfer Restricted Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Transfer Restricted Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder or, alternatively, through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. Such Transfer Restricted Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Transfer Restricted Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Transfer Restricted Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Transfer Restricted Securities short and deliver Transfer Restricted Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Transfer Restricted Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities
	State any exceptions here:
By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, particularly Regulation M.
In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Transfer Restricted Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (6) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(e) of the Exchange and

E-6

Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:
(i)	To the Company:
	American Tower Corporation
	116 Huntington Avenue
	Boston, Massachusetts 02116
	Attention: Vice President of Finance, Investor Relations
(ii)	With a copy to:
	Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP
	One Liberty Plaza
	New York, NY 10006
	Attn: Craig B. Brod
Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company’s counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

E-7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

Dated:

Selling Securityholder

(Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities)

By:

Name:

Title:

PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY’S COUNSEL AT:

E-8

ANNEX F

Notice of Transfer Pursuant to Registration Statement

America Tower Corporation

The Bank of New York

Trustee Services

5 Penn Plaza, 13^th Floor

New York, NY 10001

Attention: Trust Officer

Re: [            ]% Senior Notes due 2017

Dear Sirs:

Please be advised that                                          has transferred $             aggregate principal amount of the above–referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form [    ] (File No. 333-             ) filed by the Company.

We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the Prospectus dated [DATE] or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner’s name.

Dated:

Very truly yours,

(Name)

By: (Authorized Signature)

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, James D. Taiclet, Jr., certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of American Tower Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 8, 2007	By:	/s/    JAMES D. TAICLET, JR.
		James D. Taiclet, Jr.
		Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Bradley E. Singer, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of American Tower Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 8, 2007	By:	/s/    BRADLEY E. SINGER
		Bradley E. Singer
		Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

EX-32

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of American Tower Corporation (the “Company”) for the nine months ended September 30, 2007, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: November 8, 2007	By:	/S/    JAMES D. TAICLET, JR.
		James D. Taiclet, Jr.
		Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: November 8, 2007	By:	/S/    BRADLEY E. SINGER
		Bradley E. Singer
		Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.